openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2015

30 participants
1273 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94057 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:35:41 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94057 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/packager.pa.po 2015-10-27 13:35:41 UTC (rev 94057) @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-26 13:34+0530\n" "Last-Translator: A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>\n" "Language-Team: Punjabi/Panjabi <punjabi-users(a)lists.sf.net>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: \n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/pa/po/storage.pa.po 2015-10-27 13:35:41 UTC (rev 94057) @@ -5937,7 +5937,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ਲੋੜੀਦੇ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਫੇਲ ਹੋਈ।" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94056 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:35:10 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94056 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -122,8 +122,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Klient pre vytvorenie AutoYaST profilu založenom na bežiacom systéme" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 @@ -152,28 +151,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified locati" -"on." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" "Pomocou tohto dialógu skopírujte obsah súboru a zadajte koncovú\n" -"cestu na inštalovanom systéme. YaST skopíruje tento súbor do zadaného " -"umiestnenia." +"cestu na inštalovanom systéme. YaST skopíruje tento súbor do zadaného umiestnenia." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a sy" -"mbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit p" -"attern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Pre ochranu kopírovaných súborov môžete nastaviť ich vlastníka a " -"prístupové práva.\n" +"Pre ochranu kopírovaných súborov môžete nastaviť ich vlastníka a prístupové práva.\n" "Pre vlastníka použite zápis IDpoužívateľa:IDskupiny. Práva môžu byť\n" -"symbolická reprezentácia zmien, alebo osmičkové číslo pre bitovú " -"reprezentáciu nových práv." +"symbolická reprezentácia zmien, alebo osmičkové číslo pre bitovú reprezentáciu nových práv." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 msgid "Configuration File Editor" @@ -246,10 +239,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in" -" the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web se" -"rver\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Pre veľa aplikácií a služieb môžete pripraviť konfiguračný súbor,\n" @@ -308,15 +299,13 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaS" -"T packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "Tieto sekcie profilu AutoYaST nemôžu byť spracovaný na tomto systéme:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Možno, že boli nesprávne napísať alebo váš profil neobsahuje všetky potrebné " -"balíky YaST v sekcii <software/>." +"Možno, že boli nesprávne napísať alebo váš profil neobsahuje všetky potrebné balíky YaST v sekcii <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -526,8 +515,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Prosím čakajte, kým sa systém pripraví pre automatickú inštaláciu." +msgstr "Prosím čakajte, kým sa systém pripraví pre automatickú inštaláciu." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -718,13 +706,11 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to" -" add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Vyberte niektorý z nasledujúcich základných výberov a stlačte " -"Detailne pre ďalšie dodatočné výbery a balíky.\n" +"Vyberte niektorý z nasledujúcich základných výberov a stlačte Detailne pre ďalšie dodatočné výbery a balíky.\n" "\n" #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); @@ -735,10 +721,8 @@ msgstr "Umiestnenie inštalačného zdroja (ako http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"Inštalačný zdroj tohto systému (nemôžete vytvoriť obraz, ak vyberiete tento)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "Inštalačný zdroj tohto systému (nemôžete vytvoriť obraz, ak vyberiete tento)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -753,15 +737,9 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to " -"mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can " -"be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possib" -"le.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Pripojiť v /etc/fstab pomocou:\n" @@ -775,16 +753,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"ma" -"kes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Popis disku:\n" -"\t Názov, ktorý zadáte, sa použije ako popis disku (volume label). Normálne " -"to má \n" +"\t Názov, ktorý zadáte, sa použije ako popis disku (volume label). Normálne to má \n" "\t zmysel, ak zapnete voľbu pre pripojenie disku pomocou jeho popisu.\n" "\t Popis disku nemôže obsahovať / znak, alebo medzery.\n" "\t " @@ -885,8 +860,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Vybrali ste vytvorenie oddielu, ale nevybrali ste platný súborový\n systém. " -"Vyberte si platný súborový systém, ak chcete pokračovať.\n" +"Vybrali ste vytvorenie oddielu, ale nevybrali ste platný súborový\n" +" systém. Vyberte si platný súborový systém, ak chcete pokračovať.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we #. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we @@ -954,11 +929,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Veľkosť \"auto\" je platná iba, ak je vybraný bod pripojenia \"/boot\" alebo " -"\"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Veľkosť \"auto\" je platná iba, ak je vybraný bod pripojenia \"/boot\" alebo \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1137,8 +1109,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Toto rozhranie použite pre definíciu triedy pre riadiace súbory.\n" +msgstr "Toto rozhranie použite pre definíciu triedy pre riadiace súbory.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1251,8 +1222,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte jednu alebo viac tried, do ktorých má riadiaci súbor patriť.\n" +msgstr "Vyberte jednu alebo viac tried, do ktorých má riadiaci súbor patriť.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" @@ -1428,11 +1398,8 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current sy" -"stem?" -msgstr "" -"Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia modulu '%1' do svojho súčasného systému?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia modulu '%1' do svojho súčasného systému?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1446,9 +1413,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system" -"?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia profilu do svojho súčasného systému?" #. EXIT @@ -1502,7 +1467,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Vybrať priečinok" @@ -1587,8 +1553,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning" -"\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Súbor Kickstart bol naimportovaný.\n" @@ -1722,8 +1687,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without i" -"nterruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1736,14 +1700,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in ma" -"nual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ak vypnete druhú fázu AutoYaST-u, inštalácia bude pokračovať v manuálnom " -"móde\n" +"Ak vypnete druhú fázu AutoYaST-u, inštalácia bude pokračovať v manuálnom móde\n" "po prvom reštarte (po nainštalovaní balíkov).\n" "\n" @@ -1886,15 +1848,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and" -"\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento nástroj používa xmllint pre overenie platnosti profilu " -"podľa\n" -"DTD a zisťuje, čí v ňom nechýbajú dáta. Dáta môžu chýbať zámerne, a " -"akákoľvek\n" +"Tento nástroj používa xmllint pre overenie platnosti profilu podľa\n" +"DTD a zisťuje, čí v ňom nechýbajú dáta. Dáta môžu chýbať zámerne, a akákoľvek\n" "ohlásená chyba môže byť ignorovaná, napríklad pri vytváraní tried.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1923,8 +1882,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections" -".\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Tento nástroj vytvorí nový referenčný profil načítaním\n" "informácií z tohto systému. Vyberte zdroje, ktoré sa majú\n" @@ -1937,8 +1895,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system." -"\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Tabuľka vpravo zobrazuje oddiely, ktoré sa na cieľovom systéme vytvoria.\n" @@ -1979,8 +1936,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are" -"\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Ak nie je definovaný žiadny oddiel a zadaný disk obsahuje\n" @@ -1999,17 +1955,8 @@ msgstr "Pokročilé možnosti" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partit" -"ions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to crea" -"te a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additi" -"onally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather" -" than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"V predvolenom nastavení AutoYaST vytvorí rozšírený oddiel a pridá všetky nové " -"oddiely ako logické zariadenia. Ale je možné, aby AutoYaST vytvoril niektorý " -"oddiel ako primárny alebo rozšírený. Okrem toho je možné zadať veľkosť " -"oddielu skôr pomocou sektorov a nie veľkosťou v MB." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "V predvolenom nastavení AutoYaST vytvorí rozšírený oddiel a pridá všetky nové oddiely ako logické zariadenia. Ale je možné, aby AutoYaST vytvoril niektorý oddiel ako primárny alebo rozšírený. Okrem toho je možné zadať veľkosť oddielu skôr pomocou sektorov a nie veľkosťou v MB." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2023,8 +1970,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID part" -"itions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2147,8 +2093,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2165,8 +2110,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2202,8 +2146,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl o" -"r \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2219,12 +2162,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, w" -"hich\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an in" -"stallation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too." -"\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2233,26 +2173,21 @@ "a vyžaduje inicializáciu v skriptoch, aby dostupná bola. Alternatívou\n" "k poinštalačným skriptom so sieťou je použitie init skriptov, ktoré\n" "zaručia plne funkčný systém počas vykonávania skriptov.\n" -"Pokiaľ ste inštalovali po sieti, môžete použiť pre poinštalačný skript tiež " -"voľbu Sieť.\n" +"Pokiaľ ste inštalovali po sieti, môžete použiť pre poinštalačný skript tiež voľbu Sieť.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that migh" -"t help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Spätná väzba a ladenie:</H3>\n" -"Všetky skripty okrem init skriptov môžu zobrazovať STDOUT+STDERR spätnú " -"väzbu vo vyskakovacom okne.\n" -"Ak zapnete ladenie, získate rozšírený výstup, ktorý vám môže pomôcť pri " -"odstraňovaní\n" +"Všetky skripty okrem init skriptov môžu zobrazovať STDOUT+STDERR spätnú väzbu vo vyskakovacom okne.\n" +"Ak zapnete ladenie, získate rozšírený výstup, ktorý vám môže pomôcť pri odstraňovaní\n" "chýb vo vašich skriptoch.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2340,8 +2275,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2373,12 +2307,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error" -" message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML analyzátor hlási chybu pri spracovaní profilu autoyast. Chybový výstup " -"je:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML analyzátor hlási chybu pri spracovaní profilu autoyast. Chybový výstup je:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2457,10 +2387,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those" -" available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2474,8 +2402,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Popri existujúcich známych moduloch boli vytvorené\n" @@ -2598,15 +2525,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"Nemožno opätovne použiť skupinu zväzkov %1. Skupina zväzkov neexistuje." +msgstr "Nemožno opätovne použiť skupinu zväzkov %1. Skupina zväzkov neexistuje." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Skupina zväzku '%1' musí mať aspoň jeden fyzický zväzok. Zadajte jeden." +msgstr "Skupina zväzku '%1' musí mať aspoň jeden fyzický zväzok. Zadajte jeden." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2696,24 +2621,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" -"og" -msgstr "" -"Pri inštalácii vzoru zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Pri inštalácii vzoru zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Vytváram obraz - inštalujem balíky" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" -"og" -msgstr "" -"Pri inštalácii balíka zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Pri inštalácii balíka zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu. Prosím skontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2725,8 +2642,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Teraz môžete urobiť zmeny v obraze v %1/\n" "Ak stlačíte tlačidlo OK, obraz bude komprimovaný a nemožno ho viac meniť." @@ -2774,12 +2690,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto" -"YaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Teraz môžete urobiť zmeny v ISO obraze v %1, ako pridávanie súboru AutoYaST " -"XML.\n" +"Teraz môžete urobiť zmeny v ISO obraze v %1, ako pridávanie súboru AutoYaST XML.\n" "Ak stlačíte tlačidlo OK, iso bude vytvorené." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2821,21 +2735,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut" -"oyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Pokus o vyriešenie závislostí balíkov zlyhal. Skontrolujte prosím položku " -"'Software' vo vašom profile autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Pokus o vyriešenie závislostí balíkov zlyhal. Skontrolujte prosím položku 'Software' vo vašom profile autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard dis" -"k. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Plán konfigurácie oddielov vo Vašom XML profile nesadne na pevný disk. Chýba %" -"1MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Plán konfigurácie oddielov vo Vašom XML profile nesadne na pevný disk. Chýba %1MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2912,4 +2818,3 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -93,17 +93,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code" -" will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active eve" -"n\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel \n" -"pre aktiváciu oddielu, ktorý obsahuje správcu štartu. Všeobecný MBR kód " -"potom\n" -"naštartuje aktívny oddiel. Staršie BIOS systémy vyžadujú aktívny jeden " -"oddiel, aj keď je správca\n" +"pre aktiváciu oddielu, ktorý obsahuje správcu štartu. Všeobecný MBR kód potom\n" +"naštartuje aktívny oddiel. Staršie BIOS systémy vyžadujú aktívny jeden oddiel, aj keď je správca\n" "štartu nainštalovaný v MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -124,12 +120,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded" -".\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Časový limit v sekundách \n" -"Určuje aký čas bude správca štartu čakať, kým sa načíta štandardné jadro." -"\n" +"Určuje aký čas bude správca štartu čakať, kým sa načíta štandardné jadro.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -150,67 +144,51 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of you" -"r disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR nahradí master boot record " -"vášho disku všeobecným kódom (kód nezávislý na platforme, ktorý spôsobí\n" +"Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR nahradí master boot record vášho disku všeobecným kódom (kód nezávislý na platforme, ktorý spôsobí\n" "štart z aktívneho oddielu)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the othe" -"r is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Naštartovať zo štartovacieho oddielu je jedna z odporúčaných " -"možností, ďalšia je\n" +"Naštartovať zo štartovacieho oddielu je jedna z odporúčaných možností, ďalšia je\n" "Naštartovať z koreňového oddielu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " -"operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Štartovať z Master Boot Record nie je odporúčané, ak máte na " -"počítači\n" +"Štartovať z Master Boot Record nie je odporúčané, ak máte na počítači\n" "nainštalovaný iný operačný systém" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is" -" a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partit" -"ion and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is need" -"ed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Štartovať z koreňového oddielu je odporúčaná možnosť keď je k " -"dispozícii vhodný\n" -"oddiel. Vyberte Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací " -"oddiel a Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR\n" -"v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to " -"potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" +"Štartovať z koreňového oddielu je odporúčaná možnosť keď je k dispozícii vhodný\n" +"oddiel. Vyberte Nastaviť aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel a Zapísať všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR\n" +"v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" "pre spustenie tejto sekcie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partiti" -"on is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu by mala byť vybraná, ak je váš " -"koreňový oddiel \n" +"Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu by mala byť vybraná, ak je váš koreňový oddiel \n" "na logickom oddiele a chýba oddiel /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -223,63 +201,44 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</cod" -"e>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." msgstr "" "Použiť sériovú konzolu vám umožňuje definovať parametre, ktoré sa\n" -"použijú pre sériovú konzolu. Podrobnosti nájdete v dokumentácii pre grub (<" -"code>info grub2</code>)." +"použijú pre sériovú konzolu. Podrobnosti nájdete v dokumentácii pre grub (<code>info grub2</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a se" -"rial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code" -"> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you" -"\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definícia terminálu \n" -"Definuje typ terminálu, ktorý chcete použiť. Pre sériový terminál (napr. " -"sériová konzola),\n" +"Definuje typ terminálu, ktorý chcete použiť. Pre sériový terminál (napr. sériová konzola),\n" "musíte zadať <code>serial</code>. Môžete tiež pridať <code>console</code>\n" -"do príkazu ako napr. <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude " -"terminál,\n" +"do príkazu ako napr. <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude terminál,\n" "v ktorom stlačíte ľubovoľný kláves, vybraný ako GRUB terminál." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section number" -"s\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje " -"zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" +"Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" "pre štart, v prípade že je nie je štandardná sekcia spustiteľná." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému.<" -"/p>" +msgstr "Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I" -"f Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is " -"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G" -"RUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in R" -"etype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Chrániť správcu štartu heslom \n" -"Počas štartu systému vyžaduje zmena alebo dokonca spustenie ľubovoľnej " -"položky heslo. Ak je zaškrtnuté Chrániť iba pred úpravou položky, " -"potom nie je obmedzené spustenie ľubovoľnej položky, ale úprava položky " -"vyžaduje heslo (, čo je spôsob, akým sa správa GRUB 1). YaST bude " -"akceptovať iba heslo, ak ho zopakujete v Zopakujte heslo." +"Počas štartu systému vyžaduje zmena alebo dokonca spustenie ľubovoľnej položky heslo. Ak je zaškrtnuté Chrániť iba pred úpravou položky, potom nie je obmedzené spustenie ľubovoľnej položky, ale úprava položky vyžaduje heslo (, čo je spôsob, akým sa správa GRUB 1). YaST bude akceptovať iba heslo, ak ho zopakujete v Zopakujte heslo." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -468,38 +427,20 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional pa" -"rameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Voliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra umožňuje definovať " -"ďalšie parametre predané jadru." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Voliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra umožňuje definovať ďalšie parametre predané jadru." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console</" -"i> to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Režim Vga definuje aký režim VGA sa nastaví pre konzolu " -"počas štartu." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Režim Vga definuje aký režim VGA sa nastaví pre konzolu počas štartu." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore" -"ign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Preskúmať cudzí OS prostriedkami os-prober pre spustenie inej " -"cudzej distribúcie " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Preskúmať cudzí OS prostriedkami os-prober pre spustenie inej cudzej distribúcie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " -"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " -"you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Ochranný príznak MBR je nastavenie iba pre expertov, ktoré je " -"potrebné na exotickom hardvéri. Podrobnosti nájdete v Ochranný MBR na " -"diskoch GPT. Nedotýkajte sa, ak si nie ste istí." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Ochranný príznak MBR je nastavenie iba pre expertov, ktoré je potrebné na exotickom hardvéri. Podrobnosti nájdete v Ochranný MBR na diskoch GPT. Nedotýkajte sa, ak si nie ste istí." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -589,8 +530,7 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Nepodporovaný správcu štartu %s'. Prispôsobte podľa toho svoj profil AutoYaST." +msgstr "Nepodporovaný správcu štartu %s'. Prispôsobte podľa toho svoj profil AutoYaST." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -602,8 +542,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." +msgstr "Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -717,14 +656,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " -"\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Pomocou tlačidla Ostatné, môžete\n" -"ručne upraviť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu, vymazať aktuálnu " -"konfiguráciu a navrhnúť novú, začať\n" +"ručne upraviť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu, vymazať aktuálnu konfiguráciu a navrhnúť novú, začať\n" "s prázdnou konfiguráciou, alebo znovu načítať konfiguráciu\n" "uloženú na disku. %1" @@ -751,8 +688,7 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "" -"Stlačte Upraviť ak chcete zobraziť vlastnosti vybranej sekcie." +msgstr "Stlačte Upraviť ak chcete zobraziť vlastnosti vybranej sekcie." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -810,19 +746,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</b" -">\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- V štartovacom sektore oddielu <tt>/boot</tt>, alebo <tt>/</tt> " -"(root). \n" +"- V štartovacom sektore oddielu <tt>/boot</tt>, alebo <tt>/</tt> (root). \n" "Toto je odporúčaná možnosť, kedykoľvek je vhodný\n" "oddiel. Buď nastaviť Aktivovať oddiel so správcom štartu a\n" -"Nahradiť MBR so všeobecným kódom v Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu " -"štartu\n" +"Nahradiť MBR so všeobecným kódom v Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu\n" "pre aktualizáciu master boot record\n" "ak je to potrebné, alebo nastaviť iného správcu štartu\n" "pre štart &product;." @@ -870,8 +803,7 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu \n" -"Ak chcete nastaviť pokročilé možnosti inštalácie správcu štartu (ako je " -"mapovanie\n" +"Ak chcete nastaviť pokročilé možnosti inštalácie správcu štartu (ako je mapovanie\n" "zariadení), kliknite na Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu." #. help text 1/1 @@ -916,8 +848,7 @@ "name must be unique." msgstr "" "<big>Názov sekcie</big> \n" -"Použite Názov sekcie, ak chcete zadať názov sekcie správcu štartu. " -"Názov\n" +"Použite Názov sekcie, ak chcete zadať názov sekcie správcu štartu. Názov\n" "sekcie musí byť unikátny." #. help text 1/5 @@ -936,8 +867,7 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Klonovať vybranú sekciu ak chcete klonovať aktuálne " -"vybranú\n" +"Vyberte Klonovať vybranú sekciu ak chcete klonovať aktuálne vybranú\n" "sekciu. Potom upravte možnosti, ktorými sa má odlišovať od\n" "vybranej sekcie." @@ -956,8 +886,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Xen sekcia, ak chcete pridať nové linuxové jadro, alebo iný " -"obraz,\n" +"Vyberte Xen sekcia, ak chcete pridať nové linuxové jadro, alebo iný obraz,\n" "ale naštartovať ho v Xen prostredí." #. help text 5/5 @@ -967,21 +896,18 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Vyberte Iný systém (reťazový štart) ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá " -"\n" +"Vyberte Iný systém (reťazový štart) ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá \n" "načíta a spustí štartovací sektor diskového oddielu. Toto sa používa pre\n" "štart iného operačného systému." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the d" -"isk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Vyberte Sekcia ponuky ak chcete pridať sekciu, ktorá \n" -"načíta konfiguračný súbor (zoznam štartovacích sekcií) z oddielu disku. Toto " -"sa používa pre\n" +"načíta konfiguračný súbor (zoznam štartovacích sekcií) z oddielu disku. Toto sa používa pre\n" "štart iného operačného systému." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1107,11 +1033,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže byť správca štartu správne " -"nainštalovaný." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže byť správca štartu správne nainštalovaný." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1182,82 +1105,45 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable" -"." -msgstr "" -"Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude " -"možné naštartovať." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude možné naštartovať." #. error in the proposal #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný " -"správne" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný správne" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Inštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">" -"neinštalovať</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinštalovať</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR zakázaný (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">" -"inštalovať</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému do MBR zakázaný (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">inštalovať</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"inst" -"all</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" -"neinštalovať</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">neinštalovať</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"insta" -"ll</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"inštalovať</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">inštalovať</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"instal" -"l</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">" -"neinštalovať</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">neinštalovať</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"install" -"</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"inštalovať</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Neinštalovať kód štartu systému na oddiel \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">inštalovať</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a" -"re doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Varovanie: Nie je vybrané žiadne umiestnenie pre stage1 správcu štartu. Ak " -"neviete, čo robíte, prosím, vyberte vyššie uvedené umiestnenie." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Varovanie: Nie je vybrané žiadne umiestnenie pre stage1 správcu štartu. Ak neviete, čo robíte, prosím, vyberte vyššie uvedené umiestnenie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 @@ -1303,15 +1189,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " -"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u" -"se any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Štart systému z MBR nefunguje spoločne so súborovým systémom btrfs a popisom " -"disku GPT bez oddielu bios_grub. Aby ste vyriešili tento problém, vytvorte " -"bios_grub oddiel alebo použite akýkoľvek rozšírený súborový systém pre oddiel " -"štartu systému alebo neinštalujte stage1 na MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Štart systému z MBR nefunguje spoločne so súborovým systémom btrfs a popisom disku GPT bez oddielu bios_grub. Aby ste vyriešili tento problém, vytvorte bios_grub oddiel alebo použite akýkoľvek rozšírený súborový systém pre oddiel štartu systému alebo neinštalujte stage1 na MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 @@ -1320,36 +1199,22 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M" -"aster Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAID1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu " -"štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAID1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Chýba rozšírený oddiel pre štart systému. Nie je možné nainštalovať kód " -"štartu systému." +msgstr "Chýba rozšírený oddiel pre štart systému. Nie je možné nainštalovať kód štartu systému." #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co" -"uld refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"Príznak aktivácie nie je nastavený inštalátorom. Pokiaľ nie je nastavený " -"vôbec, niektoré systémy BIOS by mohli odmietnuť naštartovať." +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "Príznak aktivácie nie je nastavený inštalátorom. Pokiaľ nie je nastavený vôbec, niektoré systémy BIOS by mohli odmietnuť naštartovať." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " -"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" -"Inštalátor nebude modifikovať MBR disku. Ak už obsahuje štartovací kód, BIOS " -"nebude môcť spustiť disk." +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "Inštalátor nebude modifikovať MBR disku. Ak už obsahuje štartovací kód, BIOS nebude môcť spustiť disk." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 @@ -1420,4 +1285,3 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie správcu štartu" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -47,16 +47,12 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought " -"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also poss" -"ible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for" -" SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -83,10 +79,8 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." -"\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as sp" -"ace-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -394,8 +388,7 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -523,4 +516,3 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -50,24 +50,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"" -"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the k" -"dump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command l" -"ine string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -98,9 +91,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes p" -"assword (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -145,9 +136,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, s" -"ftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -193,9 +182,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -206,9 +193,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or" -" s are allowed" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -278,8 +263,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#, fuzzy msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "Domovský priečinok: %1" @@ -288,8 +273,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#, fuzzy msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "Názov serveru: " @@ -404,8 +389,8 @@ #. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader #: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#, fuzzy #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Aby sa zmena prejavila, je nutné počítač reštartovať." @@ -425,13 +410,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 #: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 #: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 #: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 #: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 #: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#, fuzzy msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Varovanie: nie je použité žiadne šifrovanie." @@ -455,8 +440,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -469,8 +453,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#, fuzzy msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" "\n" @@ -481,8 +465,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#, fuzzy #: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#, fuzzy msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Chýba názov inštalačného serveru." @@ -820,8 +804,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/re" -"moved. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -840,12 +823,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take pla" -"ce when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted d" -"ump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a ne" -"w instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel c" -"rash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of" -" memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -863,10 +841,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. " -"\n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. " -"\n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -874,8 +850,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps" -". " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 @@ -883,8 +858,7 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Brow" -"se\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -896,8 +870,7 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<b" -"r>" +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 @@ -984,8 +957,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<b" -"r>" +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -1000,48 +972,39 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain" -" SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This" -"\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " -"be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification em" -"ail will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to" -"\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." -"\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the nu" -"mber of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" @@ -1174,8 +1137,8 @@ msgstr "Prechádzať" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#, fuzzy msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "Meno serveru" @@ -1218,14 +1181,14 @@ #. install cifs-mount package #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "Musíte špecifikovať ID služby." #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#, fuzzy msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "Priečinok na serveri" @@ -1400,9 +1363,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " -"%{available} are available." +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware @@ -1411,4 +1372,3 @@ "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ msgstr "pridané kvôli vyriešeniu závislostí:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "V každom prípade môžete inštalovať, ale riskujete poškodenie systému." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -119,27 +118,19 @@ msgstr "Nevyžadované opravy" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -173,11 +164,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, fuzzy, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Preklady, slovníky a iné súvisiace jazykové súbory pre %s lokalizáciu" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Preklady, slovníky a iné súvisiace jazykové súbory pre %s lokalizáciu" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -682,97 +670,38 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"<h3>Vitajte vo výbere balíkov</h3>Tento nástroj vám pomôže spravovať " -"nainštalovaný softvér vo vašom systém. Môžete inštalovať, aktualizovať, alebo " -"odstraňovať balíky, ako aj vzory (sady balíkov slúžiace pre niektoré účely), " -"alebo jazyky. Obvykle sa nemusíte starať o závislosti balíkov keď čokoľvek " -"inštalujete, alebo odstraňujete - riešiteľ to vybaví za vás. Výber balíkov sa " -"skladá z troch hlavných častí: filtrov, tabuľky balíkov a ponuky" -"." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "<h3>Vitajte vo výbere balíkov</h3>Tento nástroj vám pomôže spravovať nainštalovaný softvér vo vašom systém. Môžete inštalovať, aktualizovať, alebo odstraňovať balíky, ako aj vzory (sady balíkov slúžiace pre niektoré účely), alebo jazyky. Obvykle sa nemusíte starať o závislosti balíkov keď čokoľvek inštalujete, alebo odstraňujete - riešiteľ to vybaví za vás. Výber balíkov sa skladá z troch hlavných častí: filtrov, tabuľky balíkov a ponuky." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) " -"or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " -"found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Filtre (ľavý panel) sú prispôsobené tak, aby vám čo najviac " -"zjednodušili orientáciu. Povoľujú zobrazovanie balíkov z určitých " -"repozitárov, alebo vo vybratých vzoroch (napr. Hry, alebo C/C++ vývoj), ako " -"aj hľadanie konkrétnych kľúčových slov. Viac informácií nájdete v Ako " -"používať filtre." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Filtre (ľavý panel) sú prispôsobené tak, aby vám čo najviac zjednodušili orientáciu. Povoľujú zobrazovanie balíkov z určitých repozitárov, alebo vo vybratých vzoroch (napr. Hry, alebo C/C++ vývoj), ako aj hľadanie konkrétnych kľúčových slov. Viac informácií nájdete v Ako používať filtre." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Tabuľka balíkov je hlavný komponent výberu balíkov. Uvidíte v nej " -"zoznam balíkov zodpovedajúci nastaveniu filtra (napr. vybratá skupina " -"balíkov, alebo výsledky hľadania). Každý riadok tabuľky balíkov má príslušné " -"stĺpce:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Tabuľka balíkov je hlavný komponent výberu balíkov. Uvidíte v nej zoznam balíkov zodpovedajúci nastaveniu filtra (napr. vybratá skupina balíkov, alebo výsledky hľadania). Každý riadok tabuľky balíkov má príslušné stĺpce:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Stav balíka ( pre viac informácií pozrite Stav balíka a symboly" -" )</li><li>Názov balíka</li><li>Súhrn balíka</li><li>Dostupná verzia ( na " -"niektorých nakonfigurovaných repozitárov )</li><li>Nainštalovaná verzia ( " -"prázdne zatiaľ pre nenainštalované balíky )</li><li>Veľkosť balíka</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Stav balíka ( pre viac informácií pozrite Stav balíka a symboly )</li><li>Názov balíka</li><li>Súhrn balíka</li><li>Dostupná verzia ( na niektorých nakonfigurovaných repozitárov )</li><li>Nainštalovaná verzia ( prázdne zatiaľ pre nenainštalované balíky )</li><li>Veľkosť balíka</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of " -"a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a " -"package or select an additional package for installation. The status change " -"can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for " -"detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and " -"Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Akcie: umožňuje zmeniť stav vybraného balíka (alebo všetkých " -"balíkov v zozname), napríklad odstrániť balík, alebo vybrať iné balíky, ktoré " -"chcete nainštalovať. Stav môžete zmeniť aj priamo stlačením klávesov " -"uvedených v menu (detailné informácie o stave balíka zistíte v položke " -"'Pomocník pre stav balíka ')." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Akcie: umožňuje zmeniť stav vybraného balíka (alebo všetkých balíkov v zozname), napríklad odstrániť balík, alebo vybrať iné balíky, ktoré chcete nainštalovať. Stav môžete zmeniť aj priamo stlačením klávesov uvedených v menu (detailné informácie o stave balíka zistíte v položke 'Pomocník pre stav balíka ')." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Ponuka zabezpečuje úlohy súvisiace s manipuláciou závislostí " -"balíka, zobrazovanie príslušných informácií balíkov a niekoľko ďalších " -"užitočných akcií, ako je otváranie editora repozitára. Pre viac informácií " -"pozrite Užitočné funkcie v ponuke." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Ponuka zabezpečuje úlohy súvisiace s manipuláciou závislostí balíka, zobrazovanie príslušných informácií balíkov a niekoľko ďalších užitočných akcií, ako je otváranie editora repozitára. Pre viac informácií pozrite Užitočné funkcie v ponuke." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -782,28 +711,14 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never " -"be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed " -"version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Stav balíka môžete zmeniť pomocou menu Akcie, alebo klávesami " -"uvedenými v menu. Napríklad použite '+' pre inštaláciu ďalšieho balíka." -"Stav \"Tabu\" znamená, že balík by nemal byť nainštalovaný. Podobný stav " -"\"Uzamknutý\" znamená, že nainštalovaná verzia by mala vždy zostať." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Stav balíka môžete zmeniť pomocou menu Akcie, alebo klávesami uvedenými v menu. Napríklad použite '+' pre inštaláciu ďalšieho balíka.Stav \"Tabu\" znamená, že balík by nemal byť nainštalovaný. Podobný stav \"Uzamknutý\" znamená, že nainštalovaná verzia by mala vždy zostať." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages " -"in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Ponuka Akcie poskytuje aj možnosť zmeniť stav všetkých balíkov vo " -"výbere (zvoľte 'Všetky balíky v zozname')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Ponuka Akcie poskytuje aj možnosť zmeniť stav všetkých balíkov vo výbere (zvoľte 'Všetky balíky v zozname')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -813,30 +728,14 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updateda> " -": package will be automatically updated i : package is " -"installed - : package will be deleted---: never " -"install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : tento balík je vybraný pre inštaláciu.a+ : " -"automaticky vybraný pre inštaláciu > : aktualizovať tento " -"balíka> : automatická aktualizácia i : tento " -"balík je nainštalovaný - : balík bude odstránený---<" -"/b>: nikdy tento balík neinštalovať(tabu)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : tento balík je vybraný pre inštaláciu.a+ : automaticky vybraný pre inštaláciu > : aktualizovať tento balíka> : automatická aktualizácia i : tento balík je nainštalovaný - : balík bude odstránený---: nikdy tento balík neinštalovať(tabu)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( " -"package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:" -" i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: ponechať nainštalovanú verziu a nikdy neaktualizovať, alebo " -"odstrániť balík ( balík uzamknutý ):-): Všetky požiadavky tohto " -"vzoru/jazyka sú splnené" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: ponechať nainštalovanú verziu a nikdy neaktualizovať, alebo odstrániť balík ( balík uzamknutý ):-): Všetky požiadavky tohto vzoru/jazyka sú splnené" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -846,86 +745,32 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Mimo všetky dostupné balíky, Filtre povoľujú filtrovať iba tie, " -"ktoré vás zaujímajú. Filtre balíkov sú postavené na vlastnostiach balíka " -"(repozitár, skupina balíkov), balíkových \"kontajneroch\" (vzory, jazyky), " -"alebo výsledkoch hľadania. Vyberte požadovaný filter z rozbaľovacej ponuky. " -"Špecifické filtre sú popísané nižšie." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Mimo všetky dostupné balíky, Filtre povoľujú filtrovať iba tie, ktoré vás zaujímajú. Filtre balíkov sú postavené na vlastnostiach balíka (repozitár, skupina balíkov), balíkových \"kontajneroch\" (vzory, jazyky), alebo výsledkoch hľadania. Vyberte požadovaný filter z rozbaľovacej ponuky. Špecifické filtre sú popísané nižšie." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Vzory opisujú rysy a funkcie, ktoré by systém mal mať (napr. X " -"server, alebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíkov, ktoré " -"vyžaduje (musí mať), odporúča (mal by mať) a navrhuje (môže mať). Ak budete " -"spúšťať vzor pre inštaláciu (aktualizáciu, odstránenie), spustí sa riešiteľ a " -"zmení stav podriadených balíkov zodpovedajúcim." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Vzory opisujú rysy a funkcie, ktoré by systém mal mať (napr. X server, alebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíkov, ktoré vyžaduje (musí mať), odporúča (mal by mať) a navrhuje (môže mať). Ak budete spúšťať vzor pre inštaláciu (aktualizáciu, odstránenie), spustí sa riešiteľ a zmení stav podriadených balíkov zodpovedajúcim." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Jazyky sú balíkové kontajnery podobné vzorom. Obsahujú balíky s " -"prekladmi, slovníkmi a inými špecifickými súbormi, pre vybratý jazyk. Avšak" -"Skupiny balíkov nie sú kontajnery balíkov, ktoré môžu byť inštalované. " -"Miesto toho, členstvo v určitej skupine balíkov je vlasnosť samotného balíka. " -"Majú hierarchickú (stromovú) štruktúru. Filter Repozitáre, povoľuje " -"zobrazenie balíkov pochádzajúcich zo špecifického repozitára. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Jazyky sú balíkové kontajnery podobné vzorom. Obsahujú balíky s prekladmi, slovníkmi a inými špecifickými súbormi, pre vybratý jazyk. AvšakSkupiny balíkov nie sú kontajnery balíkov, ktoré môžu byť inštalované. Miesto toho, členstvo v určitej skupine balíkov je vlasnosť samotného balíka. Majú hierarchickú (stromovú) štruktúru. Filter Repozitáre, povoľuje zobrazenie balíkov pochádzajúcich zo špecifického repozitára. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Zadajte kľúčové slovo pre hľadanie. Stačí zadať iba časť mena balíku, " -"napr. pre všetky 3D balíky stačí \"3d\". Ak hľadáte slovo v popise balíka, " -"zaškrtnite príslušné pole. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením klávesu 'Enter'." -"Použite filter Hľadať, zadajte kľúčové slovo (alebo časť slova) pre " -"hľadanie balíka. Napr. pre hľadanie všetkých 3D balíkov použite výraz \"3d\". " -"Taktiež je možné hľadať v popise balíkov, poskytuje, alebo vyžaduje. " -"Zaškrtnite vhodné zaškrtávacie tlačidlo. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením tlačidla " -"'Hľadať'." +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Zadajte kľúčové slovo pre hľadanie. Stačí zadať iba časť mena balíku, napr. pre všetky 3D balíky stačí \"3d\". Ak hľadáte slovo v popise balíka, zaškrtnite príslušné pole. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením klávesu 'Enter'.Použite filter Hľadať, zadajte kľúčové slovo (alebo časť slova) pre hľadanie balíka. Napr. pre hľadanie všetkých 3D balíkov použite výraz \"3d\". Taktiež je možné hľadať v popise balíkov, poskytuje, alebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtnite vhodné zaškrtávacie tlačidlo. Hľadanie spustíte stlačením tlačidla 'Hľadať'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Súhrn inštalácie predstavuje súhrn balíkov, ktorých stav sa zmenil " -"v tejto relácii (napr. boli označené pre inštaláciu, alebo odstránenie), buď " -"používateľom, alebo riešiteľom." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Súhrn inštalácie predstavuje súhrn balíkov, ktorých stav sa zmenil v tejto relácii (napr. boli označené pre inštaláciu, alebo odstránenie), buď používateľom, alebo riešiteľom." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -934,114 +779,36 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the " -"conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "" -"Závislosti: Táto ponuka ponúka rôzne možnosti nastavenia riešenia " -"závislostí. Štandardne sa závislosti balíkov kontrolujú pri každej zmene " -"stavu (Automatická kontrola závislostí je zapnutá) Budete informovaní " -"o konfliktoch balíkov s možnosťou riešenia. Pre vyriešenie konfliktu vyberte " -"jednu z ponúknutých riešení a stlačte 'OK -- Skúsiť znovu'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Závislosti: Táto ponuka ponúka rôzne možnosti nastavenia riešenia závislostí. Štandardne sa závislosti balíkov kontrolujú pri každej zmene stavu (Automatická kontrola závislostí je zapnutá) Budete informovaní o konfliktoch balíkov s možnosťou riešenia. Pre vyriešenie konfliktu vyberte jednu z ponúknutých riešení a stlačte 'OK -- Skúsiť znovu'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic " -"Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting " -"Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the " -"dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts " -"non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " -"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " -"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>" -"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked " -"for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Aby ste zakázali kontrolu závislostí pri každej zmene stavu, zrušte " -"Automatickú kontrolu závislostí. V tom prípade môžete kontrolovať " -"závislosti ručne, výberom Teraz skontrolovať závislosti. Overiť " -"systém položka, skontroluje závislosti a vyrieši konflikty " -"neinteraktívne, označením chýbajúcich balíkov pre automatickú inštaláciu, ak " -"je potreba. Pre účely ladenia môžete použiť Generovať testovací prípad " -"riešenia závislostí. To vypíše závislosti balíkov do priečinka <tt>" -"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Toto je zvyčajne to, čo potrebujete keď " -"ste požiadaný o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Aby ste zakázali kontrolu závislostí pri každej zmene stavu, zrušte Automatickú kontrolu závislostí. V tom prípade môžete kontrolovať závislosti ručne, výberom Teraz skontrolovať závislosti. Overiť systém položka, skontroluje závislosti a vyrieši konflikty neinteraktívne, označením chýbajúcich balíkov pre automatickú inštaláciu, ak je potreba. Pre účely ladenia môžete použiť Generovať testovací prípad riešenia závislostí. To vypíše závislosti balíkov do priečinka <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Toto je zvyčajne to, čo potrebujete keď ste požiadaný o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>" -"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Zobraziť: tu máte možnosť vybrať, ktorá informácia bude zobrazená o " -"vybratom balíku, v okne pod tabuľkou balíkov. Dostupné voľby sú: popis " -"balíka, technické dáta (verzia, veľkosť, licencia atď.), verzia balíka " -"(všetky dostupné), zoznam súborov (všetky zahrnuté súbory v balíku) a " -"závislosti (poskytované, vyžadované atď.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Zobraziť: tu máte možnosť vybrať, ktorá informácia bude zobrazená o vybratom balíku, v okne pod tabuľkou balíkov. Dostupné voľby sú: popis balíka, technické dáta (verzia, veľkosť, licencia atď.), verzia balíka (všetky dostupné), zoznam súborov (všetky zahrnuté súbory v balíku) a závislosti (poskytované, vyžadované atď.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository " -"and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update " -"Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours " -"of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Nastavenie: táto ponuka začleňuje selektor balíka s ostatnou " -"správou balíkov. Odtiaľto môžete Spustiť správcu repozitárov a upraviť " -"nakonfigurované repozitáre, alebo registrovať do repozitára s aktualizáciami " -"a nastaviť periodicitu sťahovania dostupných aktualizácií (Spustiť " -"nastavenie on-line aktualizácií). Tiež si môžete vybrať jedno z troch " -"možných správaní balíka na výstupe v ponuke Akcia po inštalácii balíka" -"." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Nastavenie: táto ponuka začleňuje selektor balíka s ostatnou správou balíkov. Odtiaľto môžete Spustiť správcu repozitárov a upraviť nakonfigurované repozitáre, alebo registrovať do repozitára s aktualizáciami a nastaviť periodicitu sťahovania dostupných aktualizácií (Spustiť nastavenie on-line aktualizácií). Tiež si môžete vybrať jedno z troch možných správaní balíka na výstupe v ponuke Akcia po inštalácii balíka." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages " -"into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package " -"List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set " -"of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in " -"provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " -"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "" -"Extra: tu sú rôzne funkcie. Exportovať zoznam balíkov do súboru<" -"/i> vypíše dáta o inštalovaných balíkoch, vzoroch a jazykoch do špecifického " -"XML súboru. Tento súbor môže byť neskôr načítaný voľbou Importovať zoznam " -"balíkov zo súboru napr. na inom počítači. Prinesie sadu balíkov na " -"cieľový počítač v tom istom stave, ako je opísané v poskytnutom XML súbore. <" -"i>Zobraziť dostupné miesto na disku zobrazí tabuľku s použitým a voľným " -"miestom na aktuálne pripojenej oblasti." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extra: tu sú rôzne funkcie. Exportovať zoznam balíkov do súboru vypíše dáta o inštalovaných balíkoch, vzoroch a jazykoch do špecifického XML súboru. Tento súbor môže byť neskôr načítaný voľbou Importovať zoznam balíkov zo súboru napr. na inom počítači. Prinesie sadu balíkov na cieľový počítač v tom istom stave, ako je opísané v poskytnutom XML súbore. Zobraziť dostupné miesto na disku zobrazí tabuľku s použitým a voľným miestom na aktuálne pripojenej oblasti." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1239,67 +1006,29 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" -"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Opravy pre \"libzypp\" (balík, oprava, vzor a správca produktu) budú " -"nainštalované ako prvé. Ostatné opravy sa musia nainštalovať až po opätovnom " -"spustení." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Opravy pre \"libzypp\" (balík, oprava, vzor a správca produktu) budú nainštalované ako prvé. Ostatné opravy sa musia nainštalovať až po opätovnom spustení." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i " -": All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Význam príznakov stavu:a+: Opravy pre váš systém sú " -"predvybrané. Budú stiahnuté a nainštalované. Pokiaľ niektorú opravu nechcete " -"inštalovať, zrušte jej výber pomocou '-'.:-): Všetky požiadavky " -"tejto opravy sú splnené.+ : Pre inštaláciu ste vybrali túto " -"opravu ." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Význam príznakov stavu:a+: Opravy pre váš systém sú predvybrané. Budú stiahnuté a nainštalované. Pokiaľ niektorú opravu nechcete inštalovať, zrušte jej výber pomocou '-'.:-): Všetky požiadavky tejto opravy sú splnené.+ : Pre inštaláciu ste vybrali túto opravu ." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got " -"preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected " -"with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of " -"the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer " -"version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " -"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not " -"wanted." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. " -"show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. " -"The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate " -"Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1346,12 +1075,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " -"Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Všetky zmeny vo výbere balíkov, aktualizácií, alebo vzorov sa stratia. " -"Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Všetky zmeny vo výbere balíkov, aktualizácií, alebo vzorov sa stratia. Chcete naozaj opustiť výber balíkov?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1399,19 +1124,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select " -"what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"Zoznam problémov aktualizácie Balíky v zozname nie je možné " -"aktualizovať automaticky.Možné dôvody:Sú nahradené inými " -"balíkmi.Na žiadnom inštalačnom médiu nie je novšia verzia, na ktorú " -"by bolo možné ich aktualizovať.Sú to balíky tretích strán.Ručne " -"vyberte, čo chcete s nimi urobiť. Najbezpečnejšie je samozrejme ich " -"odstránenie." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Zoznam problémov aktualizácie Balíky v zozname nie je možné aktualizovať automaticky.Možné dôvody:Sú nahradené inými balíkmi.Na žiadnom inštalačnom médiu nie je novšia verzia, na ktorú by bolo možné ich aktualizovať.Sú to balíky tretích strán.Ručne vyberte, čo chcete s nimi urobiť. Najbezpečnejšie je samozrejme ich odstránenie." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1442,22 +1156,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and " -"non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -83,4 +83,3 @@ #: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 msgid "Group" msgstr "Skupina" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -386,27 +386,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte online repozitáre, ktoré chcete používať. Potom kliknite na " -"Ďalej.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Vyberte online repozitáre, ktoré chcete používať. Potom kliknite na Ďalej.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</p" -">\n" -msgstr "" -"Vyberte online repozitáre, ktoré chcete používať Potom kliknite na " -"Dokončiť.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Vyberte online repozitáre, ktoré chcete používať Potom kliknite na Dokončiť.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." -msgstr "" -"Ak chcete odstrániť používaný repozitár, jednoducho zrušte jeho výber." +msgstr "Ak chcete odstrániť používaný repozitár, jednoducho zrušte jeho výber." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 @@ -486,8 +477,7 @@ "Môže dôjsť k zlyhaniu alebo zmrazeniu inštalátora, ak dodatočné dáta balíkov\n" "potrebujú príliš veľa pamäti.\n" "\n" -"V tomto prípade sa odporúča použitie online repozitárov neskôr v " -"nainštalovanom systéme." +"V tomto prípade sa odporúča použitie online repozitárov neskôr v nainštalovanom systéme." #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 @@ -512,12 +502,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST p" -"rofile." -msgstr "" -"Spustenie vyriešenia balíkov zlyhalo. Skontrolujte sekciu softvéru v AutoYaST " -"profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Spustenie vyriešenia balíkov zlyhalo. Skontrolujte sekciu softvéru v AutoYaST profile." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -581,12 +567,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line inte" -"rface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Inštalačné repozitáre - Tento modul nepodporuje rozhranie pre príkazový " -"riadok. Použite'%1' namiesto neho." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Inštalačné repozitáre - Tento modul nepodporuje rozhranie pre príkazový riadok. Použite'%1' namiesto neho." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -767,31 +749,21 @@ "Spravovať nakonfigurované softvérové repozitáre a služby.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol fo" -"r package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repo" -"sitories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "" -"Služba, alebo služba indexácie repozitára je protokol pre " -"správu repozitárov balíkov. Služba môže ponúkať jeden, alebo viac repozitárov " -"softvéru, ktoré môžu byť dynamicky menené administrátorom." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Služba, alebo služba indexácie repozitára je protokol pre správu repozitárov balíkov. Služba môže ponúkať jeden, alebo viac repozitárov softvéru, ktoré môžu byť dynamicky menené administrátorom." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or" -" service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " -"at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pridanie nového repozitára, alebo služby \n" -"Ak chcete pridať nový repozitár, použite Pridať a určite softvérový " -"repozitár alebo službu.\n" -"YaST automaticky zistí, či sú služba alebo repozitár na zadanom mieste " -"dostupné.\n" +"Ak chcete pridať nový repozitár, použite Pridať a určite softvérový repozitár alebo službu.\n" +"YaST automaticky zistí, či sú služba alebo repozitár na zadanom mieste dostupné.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -832,67 +804,44 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh st" -"atus at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the ch" -"eck boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Úprava stavu repozitára, alebo služby\n" -"Ak chcete zmeniť umiestnenie repozitára, použite Upraviť. Ak ho chcete " -"odstrániť, použite Zmazať.\n" -"Ak ho chcete povoliť alebo zakázať, zapnúť alebo vypnúť obnovovanie pri " -"inicializácii, zvoľte repozitár v tabuľke a zaškrtnite príslušné políčka pod " -"ňou.\n" +"Ak chcete zmeniť umiestnenie repozitára, použite Upraviť. Ak ho chcete odstrániť, použite Zmazať.\n" +"Ak ho chcete povoliť alebo zakázať, zapnúť alebo vypnúť obnovovanie pri inicializácii, zvoľte repozitár v tabuľke a zaškrtnite príslušné políčka pod ňou.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " -"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in mor" -"e repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Priorita repozitára \n" -"Priorita repozitára je celočíselná hodnota medzi 0 (najvyššia priorita) a 200 " -"(najnižšia priorita). Predvolená priorita je 99. Ak je nejaký balík dostupný " -"vo viacerých repozitároch, použije sa repozitár s najvyššou prioritou.\n" +"Priorita repozitára je celočíselná hodnota medzi 0 (najvyššia priorita) a 200 (najnižšia priorita). Predvolená priorita je 99. Ak je nejaký balík dostupný vo viacerých repozitároch, použije sa repozitár s najvyššou prioritou.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in reposi" -"tories and services." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte príslušnú voľbu v hornej časti okna pre navigáciu v repozitároch a " -"služieb." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Vyberte príslušnú voľbu v hornej časti okna pre navigáciu v repozitároch a služieb." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after install" -"ation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Ponechať stiahnuté balíky Zaškrtnite túto voľbu, ak chcete " -"ponechať stiahnuté\n" -"balíky v lokálnej vyrovnávacej pamäti, takže môžu byť neskôr znovu použité, " -"keď sú balíky\n" -"preinštalované. Ak ju nezaškrtnete, stiahnuté balíky sa po inštalácii " -"vymažú." +"Ponechať stiahnuté balíky Zaškrtnite túto voľbu, ak chcete ponechať stiahnuté\n" +"balíky v lokálnej vyrovnávacej pamäti, takže môžu byť neskôr znovu použité, keď sú balíky\n" +"preinštalované. Ak ju nezaškrtnete, stiahnuté balíky sa po inštalácii vymažú." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages" -". Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Predvolená lokálna vyrovnávacia pamäť je umiestnená v adresári " -"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Umiestnenie sa zmení v súbore " -"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Predvolená lokálna vyrovnávacia pamäť je umiestnená v adresári /var/cache/zypp/packages. Umiestnenie sa zmení v súbore /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -1021,8 +970,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Nie je možné vyriešiť závislosti automaticky. Je potrebný ručný zásah." #. this is a heading @@ -1037,12 +985,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interfac" -"e, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Inštalácia softvéru - tento modul nepodporuje rozhranie pre príkazový riadok. " -"Použite'%1' namiesto neho." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Inštalácia softvéru - tento modul nepodporuje rozhranie pre príkazový riadok. Použite'%1' namiesto neho." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1052,8 +996,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Chyba: Nedá sa pridať dočasný priečinok, balíky nemôžu byť nainštalované." +msgstr "Chyba: Nedá sa pridať dočasný priečinok, balíky nemôžu byť nainštalované." #. error message #. error message @@ -1183,11 +1126,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Chyba -- Nesedí MD5 kontrolný súčet Nedoporučuje sa použiť toto " -"médium." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Chyba -- Nesedí MD5 kontrolný súčet Nedoporučuje sa použiť toto médium." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1213,8 +1153,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should" -" check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Ak máte problém s inštaláciou\n" @@ -1224,8 +1163,7 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" -"\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1238,13 +1176,11 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation." -"\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Ak kontrola média zlyhá, nemali by ste pokračovať v inštalácii.\n" -"Môže totiž zlyhať, alebo môžete stratiť vaše údaje. Lepšie je poškodené " -"médium vymeniť.\n" +"Môže totiž zlyhať, alebo môžete stratiť vaše údaje. Lepšie je poškodené médium vymeniť.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1252,37 +1188,26 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Po skončení kontroly vložte do jednotky ďalšie médium a spustite procedúru " -"znovu. \n" +"Po skončení kontroly vložte do jednotky ďalšie médium a spustite procedúru znovu. \n" "Poradie médií nie je podstatné.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Poznámka: Nemôžete meniť médium, pokiaľ je používané systémom." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Poznámka: Nemôžete meniť médium, pokiaľ je používané systémom." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boo" -"t menu." -msgstr "" -"Pre kontrolu média pred inštalácie použite položku kontroly média v " -"štartovacej ponuke." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Pre kontrolu média pred inštalácie použite položku kontroly média v štartovacej ponuke." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording" -"\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." -"\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Ak ste médiá napaľovali sami, použite voľbu pad vo vašom " -"napaľovacom\n" +"Ak ste médiá napaľovali sami, použite voľbu pad vo vašom napaľovacom\n" "programe. Vyhnete sa tak pri kontrole chybám pri čítaní na konci média.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1293,8 +1218,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Doporučuje sa skontrolovať všetky inštalačné médiá,\n" -"aby sa predišlo problémom pri inštalácii. Ak chcete tento krok preskočiť " -"stlačte 'Ďalej'" +"aby sa predišlo problémom pri inštalácii. Ak chcete tento krok preskočiť stlačte 'Ďalej'" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1370,8 +1294,7 @@ #. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1 (The key is expired.)" -msgstr "" -"Platnosť do: %1 (Platnosť kľúča vypršala.)" +msgstr "Platnosť do: %1 (Platnosť kľúča vypršala.)" #. summary string - the GPG key never expires #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 @@ -1468,8 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Pridanie nového GPG kľúča \n" -"Ak chcete pridať nový GPG kľúč, stlačte Pridať a potom upresnite cestu " -"k súboru kľúča.\n" +"Ak chcete pridať nový GPG kľúč, stlačte Pridať a potom upresnite cestu k súboru kľúča.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1483,8 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Zmena stavu GPG kľúča\n" -"Ak chcete zmeniť stav dôveryhodnosti kľúča, trusted flag, použite tlačidlo " -"Upraviť.\n" +"Ak chcete zmeniť stav dôveryhodnosti kľúča, trusted flag, použite tlačidlo Upraviť.\n" "Ak chcete kľúč odstrániť, použite tlačidlo Zmazať.\n" "\n" @@ -1636,8 +1557,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Inštalačný repozitár obsahuje tiež ďalšie repozitáre zaradené do zoznamu.\n" @@ -1805,47 +1725,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bi" -"t distribution." -msgstr "" -"Váš počítač je 64-bitový x86-64 systém. Vy sa však pokúšate nainštalovať " -"32-bitovú distribúciu." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Váš počítač je 64-bitový x86-64 systém. Vy sa však pokúšate nainštalovať 32-bitovú distribúciu." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after install" -"ing the system." -msgstr "" -"Stavy zoznamov šablón, ktoré sú funkčné, budú dostupné po inštalácii " -"systému." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Stavy zoznamov šablón, ktoré sú funkčné, budú dostupné po inštalácii systému." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the" -" system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and work" -"ing files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. " -"Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space b" -"efore starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"Návrh udáva celkovú veľkosť súborov, ktoré budú inštalované do systému. " -"Systém však bude obsahovať nejaké ďalšie súbory (dočasné a pracovné súbory), " -"takže využitý priestor bude trochu väčší ako navrhnutá hodnota. Preto je " -"dobré mať aspoň 25% (alebo 300 MB) voľného miesta pred začatím inštalácie." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "Návrh udáva celkovú veľkosť súborov, ktoré budú inštalované do systému. Systém však bude obsahovať nejaké ďalšie súbory (dočasné a pracovné súbory), takže využitý priestor bude trochu väčší ako navrhnutá hodnota. Preto je dobré mať aspoň 25% (alebo 300 MB) voľného miesta pred začatím inštalácie." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " -"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "Celková 'veľkosť na stiahnutie' je veľkosť balíkov, ktoré budú stiahnuté\n" -"zo vzdialených (sieťových) repozitárov. Táto hodnota je dôležitá pri pomalom " -"pripojení, alebo pri dátovom obmedzení sťahovania.\n" +"zo vzdialených (sieťových) repozitárov. Táto hodnota je dôležitá pri pomalom pripojení, alebo pri dátovom obmedzení sťahovania.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1884,36 +1785,23 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation medi" -"a." -msgstr "" -"Obráťte sa na dodávateľov týchto prídavných produktov, aby vám poskytli nové " -"inštalačné médiá." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Obráťte sa na dodávateľov týchto prídavných produktov, aby vám poskytli nové inštalačné médiá." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "" -"Obráťte sa na dodávateľa tohto prídavného produktu, aby vám poskytol nové " -"inštalačné médium." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Obráťte sa na dodávateľa tohto prídavného produktu, aby vám poskytol nové inštalačné médium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start" -" installation." -msgstr "" -"Chyba: Nemožno skontrolovať voľné miesto v základnom adresári %1 (zariadenie %" -"2), nie je možné spustiť inštaláciu." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Chyba: Nemožno skontrolovať voľné miesto v základnom adresári %1 (zariadenie %2), nie je možné spustiť inštaláciu." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Varovanie: Nie je možné skontrolovať voľné miesto v adresári %1 (zariadenie %" -"2)." +msgstr "Varovanie: Nie je možné skontrolovať voľné miesto v adresári %1 (zariadenie %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 @@ -1943,8 +1831,7 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"Product %{old_product} bude aktualizovaný na %{new_product}" +msgstr "Product %{old_product} bude aktualizovaný na %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1966,20 +1853,15 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or modul" -"e\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the" -"\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Niektoré výrobky sú označené pre automatické odstránenie.</li>" -"\n" +"<ul><li>Niektoré výrobky sú označené pre automatické odstránenie.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Obráťte sa na dodávateľa odstráneného prídavného produktu,\n" -"aby vám poskytol nové inštalačné médium</li><li>Alebo vyberte príslušné " -"online rozšírenie alebo modul\n" -"v registračnom kroku</li><li>Alebo pokračujte zvýšením verzie produktu " -"prechodom\n" +"aby vám poskytol nové inštalačné médium</li><li>Alebo vyberte príslušné online rozšírenie alebo modul\n" +"v registračnom kroku</li><li>Alebo pokračujte zvýšením verzie produktu prechodom\n" "na výber softvéru a označte produkt (balík vydania) na odstránenie.\n" " </li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -2064,12 +1946,8 @@ msgstr "Nemôžem načítať súbor s licenciou %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " -"of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Aby sa licencia produktu zobrazila správne, pri tvorbe obrazu umiestnite " -"súbor license.tar.gz do koreňového adresára live média." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Aby sa licencia produktu zobrazila správne, pri tvorbe obrazu umiestnite súbor license.tar.gz do koreňového adresára live média." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2422,14 +2300,11 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is emp" -"ty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Meno repozitára</big> \n" "Použite Meno repozitára, ak chcete upresniť jeho názov.\n" -"Ak ho ponecháte prázdny, potom YaST použije názov produktu (ak je dostupný) " -"alebo URL ako meno.\n" +"Ak ho ponecháte prázdny, potom YaST použije názov produktu (ak je dostupný) alebo URL ako meno.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2440,12 +2315,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, Ya" -"ST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Meno služby</big> \n" -"Použite Meno služby, ak chcete upresniť jej meno. Ak ho ponecháte " -"prázdny, potom YaST použije časť URL služby ako meno.\n" +"Použite Meno služby, ak chcete upresniť jej meno. Ak ho ponecháte prázdny, potom YaST použije časť URL služby ako meno.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 @@ -2493,14 +2366,12 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " -"5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Parametre pripojenia</big> \n" "Môžete určiť ďalšie voľby používané pre pripojenie zväzku NFS.\n" -"Toto je voľba pre skúsených. Je odporučené ponechať predvolenú hodnotu. " -"Podrobnosti\n" +"Toto je voľba pre skúsených. Je odporučené ponechať predvolenú hodnotu. Podrobnosti\n" "a zoznam podporovaných volieb nájdete v man 5 nfs." #. radio button @@ -2576,8 +2447,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Lokálny adresár</big> \n" "Použite Cesta k adresáru, ak chcete upresniť adresár repozitára.\n" -"Ak tento adresár obsahuje iba RPM balíky bez metadát (t.j. neexistujú " -"informácie o produkte),\n" +"Ak tento adresár obsahuje iba RPM balíky bez metadát (t.j. neexistujú informácie o produkte),\n" "potom zaškrtnite voľbuAdresár len s RPM súbormi.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), @@ -2608,8 +2478,7 @@ "Vyberte USB zariadenie, na ktorom je umiestnený repozitár.\n" "Použite Cesta k adresáru, ak chcete upresniť adresár repozitára.\n" "Ak je cesta vynechaná, systém použije koreňový adresár disku.\n" -"Ak tento adresár obsahuje iba RPM balíky bez metadát (t.j. neexistujú " -"informácie o produkte),\n" +"Ak tento adresár obsahuje iba RPM balíky bez metadát (t.j. neexistujú informácie o produkte),\n" "potom zaškrtnite voľbuAdresár len s RPM súbormi.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2643,8 +2512,7 @@ "Vyberte disk, na ktorom je umiestnený repozitár.\n" "Použite Cesta k adresáru, ak chcete upresniť adresár repozitára.\n" "Ak je cesta vynechaná, systém použije koreňový adresár disku.\n" -"Ak tento adresár obsahuje iba RPM balíky bez metadát (t.j. neexistujú " -"informácie o produkte),\n" +"Ak tento adresár obsahuje iba RPM balíky bez metadát (t.j. neexistujú informácie o produkte),\n" "potom zaškrtnite voľbuAdresár len s RPM súbormi.\n" #. text entry @@ -2736,8 +2604,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Director" -"y\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2843,8 +2710,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the" -"\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3076,5 +2942,3 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Zrušiť výber niektorých balíkov." - - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -24,14 +24,12 @@ # Command line help text for the Xirda module #. Command line help text for the Xrear module #: src/clients/rear.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" msgid "Configuration of Rear" msgstr "Konfigurácia Rear" # command line help text for 'configure' action #. command line help text for 'configure' action #: src/clients/rear.rb:67 -#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" msgid "Change the Rear configuration" msgstr "Zmeniť konfiguráciu Rear" @@ -44,31 +42,23 @@ # ) # ), #: src/clients/rear.rb:73 -#| msgid "Output:" msgid "Output" msgstr "Výstup" #: src/clients/rear.rb:74 -#| msgid "New URL:\n" msgid "Netfs URL" msgstr "Netfs URL" #. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85 -#| msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "Tento systém nie je podporovaný s rear, pretože:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"NEčakajte, že vytvorená záloha bude užitočná pre obnovenie systému, ak budete " -"ignorovať toto varovanie." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "NEčakajte, že vytvorená záloha bude užitočná pre obnovenie systému, ak budete ignorovať toto varovanie." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 -#| msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "Tento systém nie je podporovaný." @@ -83,7 +73,6 @@ #. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 -#| msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "Dodatočné adresáre pre zálohovanie" @@ -92,24 +81,20 @@ msgstr "&OK" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 -#| msgid "Home Directory" msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "Zvoliť adresár" # translators: error message #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199 -#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať konfiguračný súbor pre rear." #. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221 -#| msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "Dodatočné moduly jadra" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228 -#| msgid "Available Modules" msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "Dostupné moduly v súčasnom systéme:" @@ -123,12 +108,10 @@ #. Dialog to run rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327 -#| msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "Príprava pre vykonanie Rear." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348 -#| msgid "Running KInternet..." msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "Spúšťanie rear..." @@ -143,91 +126,45 @@ #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680 -#| msgid "CA Configuration" msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "Rear konfigurácia" # help text for IrDA 1/3 #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"Konfigurovať Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) zálohovanie pre váš " -"počítač." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Konfigurovať Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) zálohovanie pre váš počítač." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to " -"boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "" -"Rozhodnite sa, ako spustiť svoj Systém obnovy. Zvoľte USB, ak " -"chcete štartovať systém z USB kľúča, alebo ISO pre CD-ROM." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "Rozhodnite sa, ako spustiť svoj Systém obnovy. Zvoľte USB, ak chcete štartovať systém z USB kľúča, alebo ISO pre CD-ROM." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to " -"use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as " -"follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store " -"your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "" -"Zvoľte, kde by sa mala uložiť Záloha. Vyberte NFS, ak musíte použiť " -"server, ktorý ponúka Network File System. Prosím, zadajte umiestnenie takto: " -"<tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Môžete si tiež vybrať USB pre uloženie " -"zálohy na USB kľúč disk alebo USB disk." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "Zvoľte, kde by sa mala uložiť Záloha. Vyberte NFS, ak musíte použiť server, ktorý ponúka Network File System. Prosím, zadajte umiestnenie takto: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Môžete si tiež vybrať USB pre uloženie zálohy na USB kľúč disk alebo USB disk." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "" -"Ak nie sú zobrazené žiadne USB zariadenia, pripojte USB kľúč alebo USB " -"disk a kliknite na Prehľadať USB zariadenia." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "Ak nie sú zobrazené žiadne USB zariadenia, pripojte USB kľúč alebo USB disk a kliknite na Prehľadať USB zariadenia." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte Ponechať starú zálohu, ak nechcete, aby sa predchádzajúce " -"záložné kópie prepísali." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." +msgstr "Vyberte Ponechať starú zálohu, ak nechcete, aby sa predchádzajúce záložné kópie prepísali." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "" -"Menu Pokročilé ponúka na pridanie dodatočné adresáre pre " -"zálohovanie a dodatočné moduly jadra v záchrannom systéme. To je " -"užitočné len v prípade, že vaša záloha neobsahuje všetky potrebné, adresáre " -"alebo záchranný systém sa nechce spustiť z dôvodu chýbajúcich modulov jadra.<" -"/p>" +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "Menu Pokročilé ponúka na pridanie dodatočné adresáre pre zálohovanie a dodatočné moduly jadra v záchrannom systéme. To je užitočné len v prípade, že vaša záloha neobsahuje všetky potrebné, adresáre alebo záchranný systém sa nechce spustiť z dôvodu chýbajúcich modulov jadra." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. " -"Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your " -"system!" -msgstr "" -"Tlačidlo Uložte a spustite teraz rear spúšťa rear ukazuje výstup " -"rear. Uistite sa, že ste vyskúšali, či vytvorená záloha funguje podľa " -"očakávania na vašom systéme!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" +msgstr "Tlačidlo Uložte a spustite teraz rear spúšťa rear ukazuje výstup rear. Uistite sa, že ste vyskúšali, či vytvorená záloha funguje podľa očakávania na vašom systéme!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the " -"configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "" -"OK uloží konfiguráciu a ukončí, zatiaľ čo Zrušiť zatvorí " -"konfiguračné dialógové okno bez uloženia." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "OK uloží konfiguráciu a ukončí, zatiaľ čo Zrušiť zatvorí konfiguračné dialógové okno bez uloženia." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 -#| msgid "Additional Domains" msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "Dodatočné adresáre v zálohe" @@ -237,12 +174,10 @@ #. prepare main dialog #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472 -#| msgid "&Verify System" msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "Systém obnovy" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 -#| msgid "&Media" msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "&Štartovacie médium" @@ -251,7 +186,6 @@ msgstr "Zálohovanie" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 -#| msgid "&Backup" msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "&Zálohovacie médium" @@ -263,12 +197,10 @@ msgstr "&Umiestnenie" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 -#| msgid "Date of backup:" msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "&Ponechať starú zálohu" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521 -#| msgid "Probe USB devices" msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "Prehľadať USB zariadenia" @@ -296,15 +228,10 @@ msgstr "NETFS_URL je nastavené na neznámu hodnotu alebo v zlom formáte.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Váš rear konfiguračný súbor obsahuje voľby, ktorými tento modul YaST2 nemôže " -"konfigurovať.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Váš rear konfiguračný súbor obsahuje voľby, ktorými tento modul YaST2 nemôže konfigurovať.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 -#| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?" msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "Chcete pokračovať a prepísať tieto nastavenia?" @@ -316,27 +243,22 @@ #. true: read-only #. Rear read dialog caption #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691 -#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "Čítanie konfigurácie Rear" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analyzovanie systému" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -#| msgid "Reading firewall settings" msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "Čítanie nastavenia rear" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 -#| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "Analyzovanie systému..." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 -#| msgid "Reading user settings..." msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "Načítavanie nastavenia rear..." @@ -352,29 +274,23 @@ # selection box label #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68 -#| msgid "Bootloader Options" msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "Použitý je správcu štartu %1." #. check devices #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106 -#| msgid "The file %1 is missing." msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "Zariadenie %1 je iscsi." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118 -#| msgid "Device path" msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "Zariadenie %1 je multipath." #. check partitions #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134 -#| msgid "Partition mounted" msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid." msgstr "Oddiel %1 je pripojený pomocou uuid." #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "Oddiel %1 používa nepodporovaný súborový systém (2%)." - - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registračný kód" @@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product #: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registračný kód" @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ msgstr "Registračný server:" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#, fuzzy #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "URL serveru: " @@ -250,14 +250,14 @@ msgstr "Ak je známe &sériové číslo" #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#, fuzzy msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " #: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#, fuzzy msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " @@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registračný kód" @@ -406,10 +406,10 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#, fuzzy msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Aktualizujem /etc/hosts ..." @@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#, fuzzy msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" @@ -572,9 +572,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension" -" or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog @@ -620,16 +618,12 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registrati" -"on code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. dialog title @@ -641,11 +635,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom " -"systéme." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom systéme." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -659,9 +650,7 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.<" -"/p>" +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." msgstr "" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -671,9 +660,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -739,38 +726,27 @@ #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 -#, fuzzy #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registračný kód" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database" -",\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration" -"." -msgstr "" -"Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne " -"získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky " -"zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. " -"Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami " -"Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL o" -"f the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" -"Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a " -"umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc " -"pozrite SMT manuál." +msgstr "Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc pozrite SMT manuál." #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -863,9 +839,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get upda" -"tes and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration @@ -930,38 +904,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authentic" -"ity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certific" -"ate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of th" -"e unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certifi" -"cate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to b" -"e sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -997,10 +960,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for o" -"nline migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in " -"the selected repositories." +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label @@ -1055,9 +1015,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver m" -"ay offer several possible migration to new products." +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) @@ -1067,9 +1025,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories l" -"ater." +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 @@ -1103,9 +1059,7 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (" -"%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... @@ -1151,15 +1105,11 @@ msgstr "Váš systém je pripravený na používanie." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or mo" -"dules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Custome" -"r Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. button label @@ -1200,5 +1150,3 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Použiť lokálny registračný server" - - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -405,32 +405,24 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " -"in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Hibernovať systém:\n" -"Nastaviť podmienky pre umožnenie používateľom hibernovať systém. V " -"predvolenom nastavení, používateľ v aktívnej konzole má takéto právo.\n" -"Ďalšie voľby sú umožnenie akcie každému používateľovi alebo vyžadovanie " -"overenia identity vo všetkých prípadoch.\n" +"Nastaviť podmienky pre umožnenie používateľom hibernovať systém. V predvolenom nastavení, používateľ v aktívnej konzole má takéto právo.\n" +"Ďalšie voľby sú umožnenie akcie každému používateľovi alebo vyžadovanie overenia identity vo všetkých prípadoch.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Konfigurácia lokálneho zabezpečenia</BIG>\n" -"Pomocou preddefinovaných nastavení môžete zmeniť lokálne zabezpečenie " -"napr. štartu systému, prihlásenie, heslo, vytváranie používateľov a práva " -"súborov. Tieto preddefinované nastavenia je možné upraviť podľa potreby." +"Pomocou preddefinovaných nastavení môžete zmeniť lokálne zabezpečenie napr. štartu systému, prihlásenie, heslo, vytváranie používateľov a práva súborov. Tieto preddefinované nastavenia je možné upraviť podľa potreby." #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 @@ -447,8 +439,7 @@ "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." msgstr "" -"Cestujúce zariadenie: Pre laptop, tablet alebo podobného " -"zariadenia,\n" +"Cestujúce zariadenie: Pre laptop, tablet alebo podobného zariadenia,\n" "ktoré sa pripája k rôznym sieťam." #. Main dialog help 7/8 @@ -480,12 +471,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" -")." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Počet sekúnd čakania po neúspešnom pokuse o prihlásenie:\n" "Doporučuje sa, aby sa po tomto pokuse počkalo pár sekúnd a tým\n" @@ -498,15 +486,12 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Zaznamenávať úspešné pokusy o prihlásenie:" -"Zaznamenávanie úspešných\n" +"Zaznamenávať úspešné pokusy o prihlásenie:Zaznamenávanie úspešných\n" "pokusov prihlásenia je užitočné. Môže vás to varovať pred neautorizovaným\n" -"prístupom do systému (napr. používateľ prihlasujúci sa z iného miesta než " -"obvykle).\n" +"prístupom do systému (napr. používateľ prihlasujúci sa z iného miesta než obvykle).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 @@ -534,8 +519,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Kontrolovať nové heslá: Je múdre vyberať heslá, ktoré nie\n" @@ -547,8 +531,7 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -556,20 +539,17 @@ "Minimálny počet znakov v hesle zníži počet rozličných\n" "tried znakov (malé, veľké písmená, číslice) použitých v novom\n" "hesle. Pre podrobnosti pozrite manuálovú stránku pam_cracklib.\n" -"Táto voľba môže byť upravená iba keď je nastavené Skontrolovať nové heslá<" -"/b>." +"Táto voľba môže byť upravená iba keď je nastavené Skontrolovať nové heslá." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Počet zapamätaných hesiel:\n" -"Sem zadajte počet používateľských hesiel, ktoré sa majú pamätať, aby systém " -"zabránil ich znovu použitiu používateľom.\n" +"Sem zadajte počet používateľských hesiel, ktoré sa majú pamätať, aby systém zabránil ich znovu použitiu používateľom.\n" "Zadaním 0 sa nebudú heslá pamätať vôbec." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -581,12 +561,10 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES, linuxová predvolená metóda, funguje vo všetkých sieťových " -"prostrediach,\n" +"DES, linuxová predvolená metóda, funguje vo všetkých sieťových prostrediach,\n" "ale obmedzuje heslá na maximálne 8 znakov. Ak potrebujete kompatibilitu\n" "s inými systémami, použite túto metódu." @@ -601,13 +579,8 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 je súčasná štandardná hašovacia metóda. Použitie iných " -"algoritmov sa neodporúča, pokiaľ to nie je potrebné pre účely kompatibility.<" -"/p>" +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 je súčasná štandardná hašovacia metóda. Použitie iných algoritmov sa neodporúča, pokiaľ to nie je potrebné pre účely kompatibility." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -622,8 +595,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "Počet dní pre varovanie pred vypršaním platnosti hesla:\n" @@ -638,8 +610,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Bezpečnosť používateľov</big>\n" -"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne nastavenia pre vytváranie používateľov.<" -"/p>" +"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne nastavenia pre vytváranie používateľov." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -663,28 +634,23 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" -"/p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Iné bezpečnostné nastavenia</big>\n" -"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne iné nastavenia týkajúce sa miestnej " -"bezpečnosti." +"V tejto ponuke môžete meniť rôzne iné nastavenia týkajúce sa miestnej bezpečnosti." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in " -"/etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" @@ -704,19 +670,16 @@ "/var/log/messages, čitateľné len pre používateľa root. Niektoré programy\n" "bude možné spustiť len pod týmto používateľom, alebo používateľmi na to\n" "určenými, nie pre bežných používateľov.\n" -"Najbezpečnejšia voľba je Paranoidné. Pri tejto voľbe musíte " -"rozhodnúť,\n" +"Najbezpečnejšia voľba je Paranoidné. Pri tejto voľbe musíte rozhodnúť,\n" "ktorí používatelia budú môcť spúšťať X aplikácie, a setuid programy.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody" -"\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Používateľ spúšťajúci updatedb: Program updatedb sa\n" @@ -743,8 +706,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -759,11 +721,9 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " -"in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Niektoré systémy to obchádzajú tým, že do cesty pridávajú\n" @@ -789,194 +749,114 @@ "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." msgstr "" -"\"nie\": používateľ \"root\" musí pre spustenie programu z aktuálneho " -"priečinku\n" +"\"nie\": používateľ \"root\" musí pre spustenie programu z aktuálneho priečinku\n" "použiť predponu \"./\". Napríklad: \"./configure\"." #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Povoliť magické klávesy SysRq Ak zapnete túto voľbu,\n" "v prípade pádu systému budete môcť ovládať niektoré jeho časti (napr.\n" -"pri ladení jadra). Detaily nájdete v súbore " -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"pri ladení jadra). Detaily nájdete v súbore /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Prehľad zabezpečenia Prehľad ukazuje najdôležitejšie " -"bezpečnostné nastavenia." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Prehľad zabezpečenia Prehľad ukazuje najdôležitejšie bezpečnostné nastavenia." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Pre zmenu aktuálnej hodnoty kliknite na odkaz priradený k voľbe." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Pre zmenu aktuálnej hodnoty kliknite na odkaz priradený k voľbe." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"Zaškrtávacia značka v stĺpci Stav zabezpečenia znamená, že aktuálna " -"hodnota voľby je bezpečná." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "Zaškrtávacia značka v stĺpci Stav zabezpečenia znamená, že aktuálna hodnota voľby je bezpečná." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"Aktuálnu hodnotu nebolo možné prečítať. Služba nie pravdepodobne " -"nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "Aktuálnu hodnotu nebolo možné prečítať. Služba nie pravdepodobne nainštalovaná, alebo v systéme chýba voľba." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je " -"nastavený,\n" -"môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom " -"systéme.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, by mali prenášať svoje\n" -"dáta cez sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos\n môže " -"byť odpočúvaný útočníkom, ktorý získava prístup nie len ku grafickému\n" +"Správca obrazovky poskytuje obrazovku grafického prihlásenia a ak je nastavený,\n" +"môže byť prístupný cez sieť pomocou X servera bežiacom na inom systéme.Okná, ktoré budú zobrazené, by mali prenášať svoje\n" +"dáta cez sieť. Ak táto sieť nie je plne dôveryhodná, sieťový prenos\n" +" môže byť odpočúvaný útočníkom, ktorý získava prístup nie len ku grafickému\n" "obsahu obrazovky, ale tiež k používateľským menám a heslám,\n" -"ktoré sa použijú.Ak nepotrebujete XDMCP pre vzdialené " -"grafické prihlásenia,\n" +"ktoré sa použijú.Ak nepotrebujete XDMCP pre vzdialené grafické prihlásenia,\n" "vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín " -"počítača.\n" +"Počas štartu je systémový čas nastavený podľa hardvérových hodín počítača.\n" "Preto je potrebné nastaviť správne hardvérové hodiny pred tým, ako sa systém\n" "vypne.Zhodný systémový čas je dôležitý preto, aby bol systém schopný\n" "vytvárať správne záznamy." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Nefunkčnosti v systéme sa zvyčajne objavia podľa ich neobvyklého " -"správania. Správy syslog o udalostiach, ktoré sa opakovane stávajú, sú " -"dôležité pre nájdenie príčin problémov a neprítomnosť jediného záznamu môže " -"povedať viac, ako neprítomnosť celého protokolu záznamov.Z tohoto " -"hľadiska sú správy syslog o systémových udalostiach užitočné iba, keď sú " -"prítomné." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Nefunkčnosti v systéme sa zvyčajne objavia podľa ich neobvyklého správania. Správy syslog o udalostiach, ktoré sa opakovane stávajú, sú dôležité pre nájdenie príčin problémov a neprítomnosť jediného záznamu môže povedať viac, ako neprítomnosť celého protokolu záznamov.Z tohoto hľadiska sú správy syslog o systémových udalostiach užitočné iba, keď sú prítomné." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " -"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process " -"with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Prostredia vykonania chroot obmedzia proces iba na prístup k súborom, " -"ktoré ho vyžadujú tým, že sú umiestnené v oddelenom podadresári a spustením " -"procesu so zmeneným nastavením správcu systému (chroot) na tento adresár." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Prostredia vykonania chroot obmedzia proces iba na prístup k súborom, ktoré ho vyžadujú tým, že sú umiestnené v oddelenom podadresári a spustením procesu so zmeneným nastavením správcu systému (chroot) na tento adresár." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " -"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"Démon klienta DHCP by mal bežať ako používateľ dhcpd, aby sa " -"minimalizovala možná hrozba, ak sa nájdu zraniteľné miesta v jeho programovom " -"kóde.Všimnite si, že dhcpd nesmie bežať ako root, alebo s " -"možnosťou CAP_SYS_CHROOT pre obmedzenie vykonania chroot, aby " -"bol aktívny." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "Démon klienta DHCP by mal bežať ako používateľ dhcpd, aby sa minimalizovala možná hrozba, ak sa nájdu zraniteľné miesta v jeho programovom kóde.Všimnite si, že dhcpd nesmie bežať ako root, alebo s možnosťou CAP_SYS_CHROOT pre obmedzenie vykonania chroot, aby bol aktívny." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Administrátori by nemali prihlasovať ako root do sedenia X " -"Window, aby minimalizovali použitie práv správcu systému.Táto možnosť " -"nepomáha proti ľahostajným správcom, ale mohla by zabrániť útočníkom, aby " -"mali možnosť prihlásenia ako root prostredníctvom správcu obrazovky, " -"keď sa im podarí získať príslušné heslo." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Administrátori by nemali prihlasovať ako root do sedenia X Window, aby minimalizovali použitie práv správcu systému.Táto možnosť nepomáha proti ľahostajným správcom, ale mohla by zabrániť útočníkom, aby mali možnosť prihlásenia ako root prostredníctvom správcu obrazovky, keď sa im podarí získať príslušné heslo." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (" -"ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" "Klienti X Window, napr. programy, ktoré na vašej obrazovke otvárajú okno,\n" "pripájajú sa X serveru bežiacom na fyzickom stroji. Programy môžu tiež bežať\n" "na inom systéme a môžu zobrazovať svoj obsah na X serveri prostredníctvom\n" -"sieťového pripojenia.Ak je to povolené, X server počúva na porte 6000 " -"plus\n" -"číslo obrazovky. Pretože je sieťový prenos nešifrovaný a teda predmet " -"sieťového\n" +"sieťového pripojenia.Ak je to povolené, X server počúva na porte 6000 plus\n" +"číslo obrazovky. Pretože je sieťový prenos nešifrovaný a teda predmet sieťového\n" "odpočúvania. Vzhľadom na to, že port držaný otvorený X serverom je otvorený\n" -"priestor pre útoky, bezpečné nastavenie je toto zakázať.Pre zobrazenie " -"klienta\n" -"X Window prostredníctvom siete je doporučené použitie secure shell (ssh<" -"/EM>), ktorý dovoľuje klientom X Window, aby sa pripojili k X serveru " -"prostredníctvom šifrovaného ssh pripojenia." +"priestor pre útoky, bezpečné nastavenie je toto zakázať.Pre zobrazenie klienta\n" +"X Window prostredníctvom siete je doporučené použitie secure shell (ssh), ktorý dovoľuje klientom X Window, aby sa pripojili k X serveru prostredníctvom šifrovaného ssh pripojenia." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Podsystém pre doručenie pošty sa vždy spustí. Hoci štandardne nie je " -"viditeľný\n" -"mimo systém, pretože nenačúva na SMTP porte 25.Ak nedoručujete poštu " -"do systému cez SMTP protokol, potom túto voľbu zakážte" +"Podsystém pre doručenie pošty sa vždy spustí. Hoci štandardne nie je viditeľný\n" +"mimo systém, pretože nenačúva na SMTP porte 25.Ak nedoručujete poštu do systému cez SMTP protokol, potom túto voľbu zakážte" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -991,12 +871,10 @@ msgstr "" "Ak balík, ktorý obsahuje aktuálne bežiacu službu, ktorá je aktualizovaná,\n" "služba sa po jeho inštalácii súborov v balíku reštartuje.Vo väčšine\n" -"prípadov je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb " -"potrebuje\n" +"prípadov je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje\n" "svoje binárne alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov.\n" "Inak by tieto služby pokračovali pokiaľ by neboli zastavené, napr. bežiaci\n" -"démoni sa zabijú.Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené, iba keď sú pre " -"to\n" +"démoni sa zabijú.Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené, iba keď sú pre to\n" "špecifické dôvody." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 @@ -1011,48 +889,20 @@ "reason to do so." msgstr "" "Ak sa balík, ktorý obsahuje bežiacu službu, odinštaluje, táto služba\n" -"sa zastaví pred odstránením súborov balíka.Vo väčšine" -"prípadov\n" +"sa zastaví pred odstránením súborov balíka.Vo väčšineprípadov\n" "je to zmysluplné a bezpečné vzhľadom k tomu, že veľa služieb potrebuje\n" "svoje binárne alebo konfiguračné súbory prístupné v systéme súborov.\n" "Inak by tieto služby pokračovali pokiaľ by neboli zastavené, napr. bežiaci\n" -"démoni sa zabijú.Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené, iba keď sú pre " -"to\n" +"démoni sa zabijú.Toto nastavenie by malo byť zmenené, iba keď sú pre to\n" "špecifické dôvody." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Systém môže byť zahltený množstvom pokusov o pripojenie, takže mu dôjde " -"pamäť, čo vedie k zraniteľnosti Denial of Service (DoS).Použitie " -"syncookies je metóda, ktorá môže pomôcť v takýchto situáciách. Ale pri " -"konfiguráciách s veľkým množstvom oprávnených pokusov z jedného zdroja môže " -"nastavenie Povolené spôsobiť problémy s odopretím TCP pripojení pri " -"veľkej záťaži.Stále pre väčšinu prostredí sú syncookies prvou líniou " -"obrany proti záplave SYN DoS útokov, takže bezpečné nastavenie je " -"Povolené." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Systém môže byť zahltený množstvom pokusov o pripojenie, takže mu dôjde pamäť, čo vedie k zraniteľnosti Denial of Service (DoS).Použitie syncookies je metóda, ktorá môže pomôcť v takýchto situáciách. Ale pri konfiguráciách s veľkým množstvom oprávnených pokusov z jedného zdroja môže nastavenie Povolené spôsobiť problémy s odopretím TCP pripojení pri veľkej záťaži.Stále pre väčšinu prostredí sú syncookies prvou líniou obrany proti záplave SYN DoS útokov, takže bezpečné nastavenie je Povolené." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need " -"that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Preposielanie IP znamená preniesť sieťové pakety, ktoré boli prijaté, ale " -"nie sú určené pre nejaké z nastavených systémových sieťových rozhraní, napr. " -"adresu sieťového rozhrania.Ak systém preposiela sieťový prenos na " -"vrstve ISO/OSI 3, hovorí sa mu router. Ak nepotrebujete túto routovaciu " -"funkciu, vypnite túto voľbu." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Preposielanie IP znamená preniesť sieťové pakety, ktoré boli prijaté, ale nie sú určené pre nejaké z nastavených systémových sieťových rozhraní, napr. adresu sieťového rozhrania.Ak systém preposiela sieťový prenos na vrstve ISO/OSI 3, hovorí sa mu router. Ak nepotrebujete túto routovaciu funkciu, vypnite túto voľbu." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1063,38 +913,20 @@ msgstr "Toto nastavenie sa týka iba IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Magické klávesy SysRq povoľujú niektoré ovládanie v systéme dokonca pri " -"páde systému (napr. počas ladenia jadra), alebo ak systém neodpovedá." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Magické klávesy SysRq povoľujú niektoré ovládanie v systéme dokonca pri páde systému (napr. počas ladenia jadra), alebo ak systém neodpovedá." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"V systéme sú preddefinované súbory /etc/permissions.*, v ktorých sú " -"nastavené súborové práva. Najviac obmedzujúce práva sú definované v súboroch " -"s koncovkou 'secure', alebo 'paranoid'." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "V systéme sú preddefinované súbory /etc/permissions.*, v ktorých sú nastavené súborové práva. Najviac obmedzujúce práva sú definované v súboroch s koncovkou 'secure', alebo 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " -"run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Základné systémové služby musia byť povolené pre poskytnutie systémovej " -"konzistencie a spustenie služieb súvisiacich s bezpečnosťou." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Základné systémové služby musia byť povolené pre poskytnutie systémovej konzistencie a spustenie služieb súvisiacich s bezpečnosťou." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Každá spustená služba je potenciálny cieľ bezpečnostného útoku. Preto sa " -"odporúča vypnúť všetky služby, ktoré nie sú systémom použité." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Každá spustená služba je potenciálny cieľ bezpečnostného útoku. Preto sa odporúča vypnúť všetky služby, ktoré nie sú systémom použité." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 @@ -1385,5 +1217,3 @@ #: src/modules/Security.rb:795 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Aktuálna úroveň zabezpečenia: %1" - - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Tento program použite iba ak máte skúsenosti s rozdelením pevných diskov na " -"oddiely.\n" +"Tento program použite iba ak máte skúsenosti s rozdelením pevných diskov na oddiely.\n" "\n" "Nikdy nemeňte ich rozdelenie v prípade, že sa niektorá ich časť používa,\n" "ak úplne neviete, čo presne robíte. Inak nebude nová tabuľka rozdelenia\n" @@ -97,7 +96,8 @@ msgstr "&Vytvoriť rozdelenie disku" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ #. #. this is the normal case #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#, fuzzy #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#, fuzzy msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Špeciálne nastavenie" @@ -644,10 +644,7 @@ "the disk is too small. \n" "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" "remove or select a larger disk." -msgstr "" -"Príliš málo oddielov alebo príliš malých oddielov je označených na " -"odstránenie. Pre inštaláciu systému Linux musíte označiť viac oddielov alebo " -"väčšie." +msgstr "Príliš málo oddielov alebo príliš malých oddielov je označených na odstránenie. Pre inštaláciu systému Linux musíte označiť viac oddielov alebo väčšie." #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) @@ -672,11 +669,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Nebol nájdený žiaden disk. Skúste použiť pre inštaláciu aktualizačné (update) " -"CD, ak ho máte." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Nebol nájdený žiaden disk. Skúste použiť pre inštaláciu aktualizačné (update) CD, ak ho máte." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -729,9 +723,9 @@ #. Information what to do, background information #. Information what to do, background information #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#, fuzzy msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Pripravujem váš disk" @@ -984,8 +978,8 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#, fuzzy msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Vytvoriť nový oddiel" @@ -1244,8 +1238,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -"\"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1377,18 +1370,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" -"d:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the exte" -"nded partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybraný rozšírený oddiel obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne\n" "pripojené:\n" "%1\n" -"Dôrazne doporučujeme ich odpojenie pred odstránením tohto rozšíreného " -"oddielu.\n" +"Dôrazne doporučujeme ich odpojenie pred odstránením tohto rozšíreného oddielu.\n" "Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite Zrušiť.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1441,15 +1431,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#, fuzzy msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Nezabudnite, čo ste tu zadali." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Prázdna voľba nie je povolená!" @@ -1480,8 +1470,8 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Zadajte heslo pre váš systém súborov:" @@ -1492,8 +1482,8 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre &overenie:" @@ -1576,8 +1566,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes" -" sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1817,8 +1806,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the part" -"ition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Vybrané zariadenie obsahuje oddiely, ktoré sú momentálne pripojené:\n" @@ -1922,8 +1910,8 @@ #. heading text #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Overovanie podpisu" @@ -1993,8 +1981,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " -"/var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2007,8 +1994,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file sys" -"tem.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -2026,8 +2012,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have a" -"t\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2084,8 +2069,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is" -"\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2222,15 +2206,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Systém súborov FAT používaný pre systémový bod pripojenia (/, /usr, /opt, " -"/var, /home).\n" +"Systém súborov FAT používaný pre systémový bod pripojenia (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "To nie je možné." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2301,8 +2283,8 @@ #. button text #. button text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Bod pripojenia" @@ -2480,8 +2462,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#, fuzzy msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Vyberte aspoň jednu položku." @@ -2498,9 +2480,9 @@ #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Vybrané služby" @@ -2514,9 +2496,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#, fuzzy msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Nebol zadaný názvový server." @@ -2534,8 +2516,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#, fuzzy msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Zastavenie služby ptal zlyhalo." @@ -2609,9 +2591,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Upraviť" @@ -2642,8 +2626,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2666,7 +2651,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Upraviť..." @@ -2683,7 +2669,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2703,8 +2690,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 @@ -2712,8 +2698,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 @@ -2739,9 +2724,9 @@ #. tab heading #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Diskové zariadenie" @@ -2788,8 +2773,7 @@ msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "" -"Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." +msgstr "Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 @@ -2994,9 +2978,9 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#, fuzzy msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximálna &veľkosť (MB)" @@ -3009,9 +2993,9 @@ #. radio button text #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#, fuzzy msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Vlastná veľko&sť" @@ -3027,9 +3011,9 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#, fuzzy msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "" "Zadaná veľkosť je neplatná.\n" @@ -3148,8 +3132,8 @@ #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#, fuzzy msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Cesta k zariadeniu" @@ -3170,8 +3154,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#, fuzzy msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Načítanie súboru s kľúčom sa nepodarilo." @@ -3179,8 +3163,8 @@ #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#, fuzzy msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Bod pripojenia" @@ -3331,8 +3315,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#, fuzzy msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Nenájdené žiadne pevné disky." @@ -3390,10 +3374,10 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#, fuzzy msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Nevybraná možnosť pre štart." @@ -3541,8 +3525,9 @@ msgstr "&Hore" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Zmeniť &veľkosť" @@ -3556,8 +3541,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#, fuzzy msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Zmena veľkosti..." @@ -3641,10 +3626,11 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#, fuzzy +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy msgid "Add..." msgstr "Prid&ať..." @@ -3703,8 +3689,7 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>Pozor:</BIG> YaST prehľadal váš disk a našiel starý systém " -"Linux s definovanými\n" +"<BIG>Pozor:</BIG> YaST prehľadal váš disk a našiel starý systém Linux s definovanými\n" "bodmi pripojenia. Vpravo je ich zoznam.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3846,16 +3831,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "No changes to storage settings." -msgstr "" -"V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " -"používateľov." +msgstr "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie používateľov." #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Storage settings:" -msgstr "" -"V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie " -"používateľov." +msgstr "V tomto dialógu môžete zmeniť rôzne nastavenia pre pridávanie používateľov." #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 msgid "Packages to install:" @@ -3894,8 +3875,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file" -"\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -4027,8 +4007,8 @@ #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." @@ -4042,8 +4022,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#, fuzzy msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Ši&frovať súbor..." @@ -4202,15 +4182,15 @@ #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Fyzické disky" #. label for selection box #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#, fuzzy msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Fyzické disky" @@ -4224,8 +4204,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -4243,8 +4222,8 @@ #. heading for frame #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#, fuzzy msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stri&pes" @@ -4275,8 +4254,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before t" -"he feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4284,16 +4262,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such" -" a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" -"." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4302,8 +4278,8 @@ msgstr "Meno" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#, fuzzy msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logické disky" @@ -4355,16 +4331,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused" -"\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#, fuzzy msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená zóna." @@ -4384,10 +4359,10 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#, fuzzy msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." @@ -4454,8 +4429,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#, fuzzy msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Správa profilov" @@ -4482,8 +4457,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 @@ -4491,8 +4465,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." -msgstr "" -"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 @@ -4528,8 +4501,8 @@ #. tree node label #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#, fuzzy msgid "RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" @@ -4557,8 +4530,8 @@ #. tree node label #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#, fuzzy msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Nakonfigurované zariadenia:" @@ -4610,9 +4583,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installatio" -"n." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "Nastavenie bude prístupná v neskoršej fáze inštalácie." #. heading @@ -4649,8 +4620,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data" -" recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Táto úroveň zvyšuje výkon disku.\n" "Neobsahuje ŽIADNU redundanciu dát. Ak sa niektorý z diskov\n" @@ -4660,26 +4630,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The par" -"titions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Táto úroveň má najlepšiu redundanciu. Dá sa použiť\n" "s dvoma alebo viacerými diskmi. Udržiava presnú kópiu všetkých dát\n" "na všetkých diskoch. Ak funguje aspoň jeden disk, dáta sa nestratia.\n" -"Oddiely použité pre tento typ RAID by mali mať približne rovnakú veľkosť." -"\n" +"Oddiely použité pre tento typ RAID by mali mať približne rovnakú veľkosť.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three d" -"isks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously," -" all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Táto úroveň kombinuje správu väčšieho počtu diskov\n" "a stále udržiava redundanciu. Dá sa použiť pre tri a viac diskov.\n" @@ -4699,10 +4664,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), th" -"e size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -"\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Pridanie oddielov do RAID.Podľa typu RAID\n" "je použiteľná veľkosť súčet týchto diskov (RAID 0),\n" @@ -4721,8 +4684,8 @@ #. heading #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#, fuzzy msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "&Typ RAID" @@ -4774,15 +4737,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5" -" is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the" -" array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Chunk veľkosť: Je to najmenší nedeliteľný kus dát,\n" "ktorý je možné zapísať na zariadenie. Rozumná veľkosť pre RAID 5 je 128KB.\n" -"Pre RAID 0 to je 32KB. Pre RAID 1 nemá táto veľkosť veľký vplyv na výkon." -"\n" +"Pre RAID 0 to je 32KB. Pre RAID 1 nemá táto veľkosť veľký vplyv na výkon.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 #, fuzzy @@ -4794,8 +4754,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks wit" -"h rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritmus parity: Tento algoritmus používa RAID 5.\n" "Vľavo symetrický poskytuje maximálny výkon na normálnych diskoch\n" @@ -4810,8 +4769,8 @@ #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#, fuzzy #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#, fuzzy msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "&Chunk veľkosť v KB" @@ -4891,9 +4850,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#, fuzzy msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." @@ -4966,8 +4925,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#, fuzzy #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID" @@ -5092,11 +5051,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" -"\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5114,8 +5071,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditio" -"nal alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5182,8 +5138,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." +msgstr "Pridá oddiely (označované ako fyzické disky) do skupiny diskov." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 @@ -5385,8 +5340,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cas" -"es\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -5394,12 +5348,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -"\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class i" -"n\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -5437,17 +5388,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"device" -"s that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular ex" -"pression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more th" -"en one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -5486,8 +5432,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or G" -"igabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -5508,8 +5453,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorita odkladacieho priestoru:\n" -"Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu " -"prioritu.\n" +"Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu prioritu.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5522,13 +5466,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installat" -"ion\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Pripojiť iba pre čítanie:\n" -"Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.<" -"/p>\n" +"Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5544,8 +5486,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Bez času prístupu:\n" -"Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je " -"povolené." +"Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je povolené." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5560,8 +5501,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Môže pripojiť používateľ\n" -"Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je " -"povolené.\n" +"Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je povolené.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5575,16 +5515,13 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></t" -"t>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is m" -"ounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Nepripojiť pri štarte systému:\n" "Systém súborov sa pri štarte systému automaticky nepripojí.\n" "V súbore /etc/fstab je vytvorená položka a súborový systém sa pripojí\n" -"s voľbami nastavenými v /etc/fstab až po zadaní príkazu <tt>mount " -"<bod-pripojenia></tt>\n" +"s voľbami nastavenými v /etc/fstab až po zadaní príkazu <tt>mount <bod-pripojenia></tt>\n" "(<bod-pripojenia> je priečinok, kam sa systém súborov pripojí).\n" "Štandardne je táto voľba vypnutá.\n" @@ -5618,10 +5555,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impac" -"t. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</" -"p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Režim žurnálu dát:\n" "Určuje režim žurnálu pre dátové súbory.\n" @@ -5667,22 +5602,18 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try a" -"gain." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc" -"/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Doplňujúca vlastná voľba\n" -"Sem zadajte ľubovoľnú platnú voľbu príkazu mount pre štvrtú položku v súbore " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"Sem zadajte ľubovoľnú platnú voľbu príkazu mount pre štvrtú položku v súbore /etc/fstab.\n" "Viaceré voľby oddeľte čiarkami.\n" #. label text @@ -5708,12 +5639,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file syste" -"ms.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Kódová stránka pre krátke mená FAT:\n" -"Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov " -"FAT.\n" +"Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5724,8 +5653,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default i" -"s 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Počet FAT:\n" "Zadajte počet tabuliek FAT v systéme súborov. Štandardne je to 2." @@ -5741,14 +5669,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto" -" is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the " -"file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť FAT:\n" -"Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické " -"určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa " -"veľkosti systému súborov.\n" +"Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa veľkosti systému súborov.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5760,9 +5684,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 #, fuzzy msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste " -"to znovu." +msgstr "Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste to znovu." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5785,12 +5707,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash funkcia:\n" -"Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v " -"adresároch." +"Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v adresároch." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5803,14 +5723,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backward" -"s compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but ca" -"n only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revízia systému súborov:\n" -"Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú " -"kompatibilitu s jadrami verzie 2.2.x. '3.6' je novšia, ale je ju možné " -"používať iba s jadrami od verzie 2.4.\n" +"Táto voľba definuje použitý formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pre spätnú kompatibilitu s jadrami verzie 2.2.x. '3.6' je novšia, ale je ju možné používať iba s jadrami od verzie 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5824,13 +5740,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 20" -"48 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4" -"096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" -"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 " -"bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, použije sa 4096.\n" +"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, použije sa 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5859,13 +5772,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"spa" -"ce in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentuálna časť pre inode:\n" -"Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná " -"pre inode.\n" +"Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná pre inode.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5878,8 +5788,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5910,8 +5819,7 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť záznamu\n" "Nastavuje veľkosť záznamu log (v megabajtoch). Ak nastavené na automatické,\n" @@ -5956,14 +5864,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, a" -"nd 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by " -"the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Veľkosť bloku:\n" -"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. " -"Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, veľkosť bloku sa určí podľa veľkosti " -"systému súborov a očakávaného\n" +"Zadajte veľkosť bloku v bajtoch. Platné hodnoty sú 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtov. Ak použijete automatické nastavenie, veľkosť bloku sa určí podľa veľkosti systému súborov a očakávaného\n" "využitia tohto systému.\n" #. label text @@ -5986,11 +5890,8 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bajtov na inode\n" -"Zadajte pomer bajtov pre inode. YaST vytvorí inode pre každých " -"<bajtov-na-inode> miesta na disku. Väčší pomer znamená menej " -"vytvorených inode uzlov.\n" -"Všeobecne sa dá povedať, že táto hodnota by nemala byť menšia než veľkosť " -"bloku, pretože by sa vytvorilo príliš veľa inode. Po vytvorení\n" +"Zadajte pomer bajtov pre inode. YaST vytvorí inode pre každých <bajtov-na-inode> miesta na disku. Väčší pomer znamená menej vytvorených inode uzlov.\n" +"Všeobecne sa dá povedať, že táto hodnota by nemala byť menšia než veľkosť bloku, pretože by sa vytvorilo príliš veľa inode. Po vytvorení\n" "systému súborov nie je možné zvýšiť počet uzlov inode, takže zadajte\n" "rozumnú hodnotu.\n" @@ -6014,15 +5915,8 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of bl" -"ocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 G" -"ig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved defau" -"lt is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť " -"blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je " -"štandardne 5%." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je štandardne 5%." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -6059,8 +5953,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really" -"\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -6127,8 +6020,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Stlačením \"Expert\" môžete v expertom nástroji pre rozdelenie " -"diskuprenastaviť tabuľku oddielov na rozumné hodnoty. Vyberte\n" +"Stlačením \"Expert\" môžete v expertom nástroji pre rozdelenie diskuprenastaviť tabuľku oddielov na rozumné hodnoty. Vyberte\n" "\"Odstrániť tabuľku oddielov a meno disku\", ale tým zničíte\n" "dáta na všetkých oddieloch tohto disku.\n" @@ -6298,7 +6190,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inštalácia požadovaných balíkov zlyhala." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy @@ -6307,8 +6199,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 @@ -6638,8 +6529,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it" -"\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -7015,9 +6905,7 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system un" -"der Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -7155,4 +7043,3 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zdroj dát pre ukladanie informácií o používateľoch" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/sk/po/vpn.sk.po 2015-10-27 13:35:10 UTC (rev 94056) @@ -245,11 +245,8 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible t" -"hat the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) disco" -"very due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -495,8 +492,7 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuratio" -"n script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -526,4 +522,3 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94055 - trunk/yast/zh_CN/po
by marguerite＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: marguerite Date: 2015-10-27 14:30:09 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94055 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po Log: [cn]update Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:12 UTC (rev 94054) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ # Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. # Thruth Wang <lihaow(a)opera.com>, 2007. # Eric Shan <ericalways(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2012. -# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2014. +# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:34+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 21:30+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 @@ -99,8 +99,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标 \n" @@ -127,7 +129,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "超时(以秒计) \n" "指定在默认内核加载前引导加载器将等待的时间。\n" @@ -148,40 +151,49 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "将通用引导代码写入主引导记录将使用通用代码 (用于引导活动分区的独立于操作系统的代码) 替换您磁盘的主引导记录。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "从引导分区引导是一个推荐选项，另一个是从根分区引导。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "若您计算机上还安装着另一个操作系统，则不推荐使用从主引导记录引导。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" "当有合适的分区时，从根分区引导是推荐选项。\n" -"若需要更新主引导记录，可选择在引导加载器选项中在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标并写入通用引导代码到主引导记录。或者也可以配置您其它的引导管理器去启动此引导项。" +"若需要更新主引导记录，可选择在引导加载器选项中在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标并写入通用引导代码到主引导记录" +"。或者也可以配置您其它的引导管理器去启动此引导项。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "若您的根分区位于逻辑分区上且没有 /boot 分区则应该选择从扩展分区引导" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "自定义引导分区可让您选择要从之引导的分区。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 @@ -193,13 +205,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" +"/code>) for details." msgstr "" "使用串行控制台可让您定义用于串行控制台的参数。\n" "细节请参考 grub 文档 (<code>info grub2</code>)。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Terminal Definition \n" #| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -208,9 +220,12 @@ #| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" +"/code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "终端定义 \n" @@ -221,7 +236,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" "默认项失败时的备用引导项包含了一个引导项编号列表，\n" @@ -232,18 +248,21 @@ msgstr "选择引导时隐藏菜单后将隐藏引导菜单。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" #| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #| "it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password." msgstr "" "使用密码保护引导加载器 \n" -"定义访问引导菜单所需的密码。\n" -"YaST 只在您在重新键入密码中重复了密码后才会接受该密码。" +"在引导时，修改甚至引导任何项都将需要密码。若勾选了仅保护引导项不受修改那么引导任何项都不受限制但修改引导项将需要密码 (这是 GRUB " +"Legacy 的行为)。 YaST 仅在您于再输入一次密码中再输入一次密码后才会接受该密码。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -332,7 +351,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仅保护启动项不受修改(&r)" #. text entry #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 @@ -432,20 +451,31 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "可选内核命令行参数可让您定义要传递给内核的额外参数。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" +"/i> to when booting." msgstr "VGA 模式定义了引导时内核应设置的控制台 VGA 模式。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " msgstr "可通过 os-prober 探测外来操作系统以与其它外来操作系统多重引导" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "保护性 MBR 旗标是一个专家设置，仅在一些诡异的硬件上需要。细节请参考 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。若您不确定则请不要碰它。" +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"保护性 MBR 旗标是一个专家设置，仅在一些诡异的硬件上需要。细节请参考 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。若您不确定则请不要碰它。<" +"/p>" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -660,10 +690,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" -msgstr "从其它中，您可以手动编辑引导加载器配置文件，清除当前配置并提出一个新方案，从零开始新配置，或重新读取保存在您磁盘上的配置。%1" +msgstr "" +"从其它中，您可以手动编辑引导加载器配置文件，清除当前配置并提出一个新方案，从零开始新配置，或重新读取保存在您磁盘上的配置。%1" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 @@ -738,7 +770,8 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" +"/b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -881,7 +914,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "选择菜单项可添加一个从磁盘某分区加载配置文件 (引导项列表)的项。\n" @@ -1005,7 +1039,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "出于分区原因，无法正确安装引导加载器。" #. Represents dialog for modification of device map @@ -1030,13 +1065,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所选自定义引导分区 %s 不再可用。" #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所选引导加载器位置 %{path} 不再在 %{device} 上。" #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 @@ -1076,44 +1111,59 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." msgstr "未选择安装任何引导加载器。您的系统可能无法引导。" #. error in the proposal #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "出于分区原因，无法正确安装引导加载器" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "安装引导代码至 MBR(<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">不安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "不安装引导代码至 MBR(<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">安装</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" msgstr "安装引导代码至 /boot 分区(<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">不安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"install</a>)" msgstr "不安装引导代码至 /boot 分区(<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" msgstr "安装引导代码至 \"/\" 分区(<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">不安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install</a>)" msgstr "不安装引导代码至 \"/\" 分区(<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">安装</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." msgstr "警告：没有为引导加载器 stage1 选择位置。除非您知道您正在做什么否则请选择上面的位置。" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals @@ -1160,8 +1210,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "从 MBR 引导不能与 btrfs 文件系统和没有 bios_grub 分区的 GPT 磁盘标签一起使用。要修复此问题，可创建 bios_grub 分区或使用任意 ext 文件系统作为引导分区，或不要把 stage 1 安装到 MBR。" +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " +"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"从 MBR 引导不能与 btrfs 文件系统和没有 bios_grub 分区的 GPT 磁盘标签一起使用。要修复此问题，可创建 bios_grub " +"分区或使用任意 ext 文件系统作为引导分区，或不要把 stage 1 安装到 MBR。" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 @@ -1170,7 +1225,9 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" msgstr "引导设备在软件 RAID1 上。请选择其他的引导加载器位置，例如，主引导记录" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -1180,12 +1237,16 @@ #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "安装器未设置激活旗标。若根本未设置该旗标，某些 BIOS 可能会拒绝引导。" #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " +"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "安装器将不会修改磁盘 MBR。除非它已包含了引导代码，否则 BIOS 将无法引导磁盘。" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:12 UTC (rev 94054) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) @@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. # -# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2013, 2014. +# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 22:44+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 20:19+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Command line help text for the Xcluster module #: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 @@ -127,7 +127,8 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" -msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgid "" +"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "当配置了 udp 时必须填写期望票数" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 @@ -140,7 +141,9 @@ msgstr "多播端口必须为正整数" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." msgstr "若使用了多个接口则只能选择主动或被动。设置为被动。" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr @@ -212,11 +215,15 @@ msgstr "启用安全认证" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "新创建的集群，请按下面按钮生成 /etc/corosync/authkey。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." msgstr "要加入一个已有集群，请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/corosync/authkey。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 @@ -352,7 +359,8 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -393,23 +401,74 @@ #| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" #| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " +"field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " +"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " +"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " +" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " +"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." +"\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " +" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" +"br>\n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " +"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " +"corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or " +"can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total " +"node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, " +"the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>绑定网络地址</big> 这指定了 openais 执行文件应绑定的地址。该地址应总以 0 结尾。若 totem 流量应通过 192.168.5.92 中转，则设置 bindnetaddr 为 192.168.5.0。 这里也可以为 IPV6 地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 网络。这种情况下，必须指定完整地址且无法像 IPV4 那样在特定子网中自动选择网络接口。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。 \n" -"<big>多播地址</big> 这是 openais 执行文件使用的多播地址。默认值应可用于多数网络，但也应询问网络管理员要使用的多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置\" 多播地址。 这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 网络。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。\n" -"<big>端口</big> 这指定了 UDP 端口号。可以在同一网络中为配置了不同的 UDP 端口的 openais 服务使用相同的多播地址。 \n" -"<big>成员地址</big> 这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu (Unicast) 时这里是可以配置的。 \n" -"<big>节点 ID</big> 该配置选项使用 IPv4 时为可选，IPv6 时为必选。这是一个 32 位值，指定了将传送给集群成员服务的节点标识符。若 IPv4 下该选项未指定，将使用该系统以环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址。节点标识符值 0 是预留的，不应该使用。 \n" -"<big>rrp 模式</big> 这指定了冗余环的模式，可以为无，主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络环境中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低，但性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无，仅使用一个网络接口来运行 TOTEM 协议。若只指定了一个接口指令，则将自动选无。若指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择主动或被动。 \n" -"<big>期望票数</big> 参与表决的法定节点数的期望票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist{} 部分时将自动计算，也可以在 quorum{} 部分指定。 \n" -"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 当使用 IPv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。 \n" +"<big>绑定网络地址</big> 这指定了 openais 执行文件应绑定的地址。该地址应总以 0 结尾。若 totem " +"流量应通过 192.168.5.92 中转，则设置 bindnetaddr 为 192.168.5.0。 这里也可以为 IPV6 地址，那样将会使用 " +"IPV6 网络。这种情况下，必须指定完整地址且无法像 IPV4 那样在特定子网中自动选择网络接口。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。<" +"br>\n" +"<big>多播地址</big> 这是 openais 执行文件使用的多播地址。默认值应可用于多数网络，但也应询问网络管理员要使用的" +"多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置\" 多播地址。 这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 " +"网络。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。\n" +"<big>端口</big> 这指定了 UDP 端口号。可以在同一网络中为配置了不同的 UDP 端口的 openais " +"服务使用相同的多播地址。 \n" +"<big>成员地址</big> 这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu (Unicast) " +"时这里是可以配置的。 \n" +"<big>节点 ID</big> 该配置选项使用 IPv4 时为可选，IPv6 时为必选。这是一个 32 " +"位值，指定了将传送给集群成员服务的节点标识符。若 IPv4 下该选项未指定，将使用该系统以环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址。节点标识符值 0 " +"是预留的，不应该使用。 \n" +"<big>rrp 模式</big> 这指定了冗余环的模式，可以为无，主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络环境中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低" +"，但性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无，仅使用一个网络接口来运行 TOTEM " +"协议。若只指定了一个接口指令，则将自动选无。若指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择主动或被动。 \n" +"<big>期望票数</big> 参与表决的法定节点数的期望票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist{} " +"部分时将自动计算，也可以在 quorum{} 部分指定。 \n" +"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 当使用 IPv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。<" +"br>\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy @@ -419,17 +478,39 @@ #| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " +"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " +"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " +"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " +"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " +"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " +"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " +"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " +"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " +"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " +"The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>线程</big> 该指令控制用于加密和发送多播消息的线程数。若安全认证为关，则协议永不使用多线程发送。若安全认证为开，此指令允许系统配置使用多线程来加密和发送多播消息。线程指令为 0 表明不使用多线程发送。此模式为非 SMP 系统提供了最大性能。默认为 0。\n" -"<big>启用安全认证</big> 这指定了是否应该使用 HMAC/SHA1 认证来认证全部消息。它进一步指定了是否应该使用 sober128 加密算法加密全部数据来保护数据不受窃听。启用此选项将添加一个 36 字节的头部到每条 TOTEM 发送的消息，这将降低总吞吐量。启用后，据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证在 aisexec 中消耗了 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU 帧传输的 100mbit 网络来说，在开启了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，100% CPU 使用率可达到 9mb/秒的吞吐量; 在关闭了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，20% 的 CPU 使用率可以达到 10mb/sec 的吞吐量。对于帧传输很大的 gig-e 网络来说：在启用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 20mb/秒的吞吐量; 在禁用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 60mb/秒的吞吐量。默认为开。 \n" +"<big>线程</big> 该指令控制用于加密和发送多播消息的线程数。若安全认证为关，则协议永不使用多线程发送。若安全认证为开，此" +"指令允许系统配置使用多线程来加密和发送多播消息。线程指令为 0 表明不使用多线程发送。此模式为非 SMP 系统提供了最大性能。默认为 0。" +"\n" +"<big>启用安全认证</big> 这指定了是否应该使用 HMAC/SHA1 认证来认证全部消息。它进一步指定了是否应该使用 " +"sober128 加密算法加密全部数据来保护数据不受窃听。启用此选项将添加一个 36 字节的头部到每条 TOTEM " +"发送的消息，这将降低总吞吐量。启用后，据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证在 aisexec 中消耗了 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU " +"帧传输的 100mbit 网络来说，在开启了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，100% CPU 使用率可达到 9mb/秒的吞吐量; 在关闭了此选项的 " +"3ghz CPU 上，20% 的 CPU 使用率可以达到 10mb/sec 的吞吐量。对于帧传输很大的 gig-e 网络来说：在启用了此选项的 3ghz " +"CPU 上可以达到 20mb/秒的吞吐量; 在禁用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 60mb/秒的吞吐量。默认为开。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " +"is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -440,28 +521,42 @@ #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " +"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " +"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " +"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>同步主机</big> 这里使用的主机名必须是集群节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname 命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。\n" +"\t\t<big>同步主机</big> 这里使用的主机名必须是集群节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname " +"命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。\n" "\t\t<big>同步文件</big> 要同步的完整绝对文件名。\n" -"\t\t<big>预共享密钥</big> 在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行认证。可使用 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有集群成员中去。\n" +"\t\t<big>预共享密钥</big> 在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行认证。可使用 csync2 -k " +"/etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有集群成员中去。\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " +"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " +"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>专用接口</big> 一个用于同步的专用网络接口。接口必须支持多播，并且是在线可使用的。您或许需要预先配置它。\n" +"\t\t<big>专用接口</big> 一个用于同步的专用网络接口。接口必须支持多播，并且是在线可使用的。您或许需要预先配置它。<" +"/p>\n" "\t\t<big>IP</big> 指派给专用网络接口的 IPv4 地址。这是自动检测的。\n" "\t\t<big>多播地址</big> 用于同步的多播地址。\n" "\t\t<big>组编号</big> 同步时表示组的一个数字 ID。\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:12 UTC (rev 94054) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ # Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. # Thruth Wang <lihaow(a)opera.com>, 2007, 2008. # Eric Shan <ericalways(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2012, 2013. -# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2013, 2014. +# 玛格丽特 · 苏 <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2013, 2014, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 01:02+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 21:11+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. headline of package versions popup #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 @@ -57,7 +57,8 @@ msgstr "个软件包以解决依赖关系：" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "您可选择强行安装，但有可能损坏系统。" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -121,19 +122,27 @@ msgstr "不再需要" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若被一个新安装软件包推荐，它们将被附加安装。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "推荐安装这些软件包，因为它们适合已安装的软件包。是否安装它们由用户决定。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." msgstr "解析器检测到这些软件包背后没有软件源，即无法更新。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." msgstr "这些软件包可能不再需要了，因为之前的依赖关系不再适用了。" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -167,7 +176,9 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " +"locale" msgstr "%s 区域的翻译、词典和其它语言相关文件" #. the label of the selections @@ -372,16 +383,14 @@ msgstr "立即校验系统(&V)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" -msgstr "推荐的软件包" +msgstr "安装推荐的软件包(&R)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)" +msgstr "立即安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -401,10 +410,9 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" -msgstr "为满足已安装软件包的依赖关系，" +msgstr "被已安装软件包推荐，以下" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 @@ -665,33 +673,76 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." -msgstr "欢迎使用软件包选择器本工具将帮助您管理您系统上的软件。您可以安装、更新或者移除单一软件包、整个软件集 (服务于特定目的的一套软件包) 或语言。通常，在安装或移除任何东西时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系 -- 解决器会帮您搞定。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分：过滤器、软件包表和菜单。" +msgid "" +"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " +"and menu." +msgstr "" +"欢迎使用软件包选择器本工具将帮助您管理您系统上的软件。您可以安装、更新或者移除单一软件包、整个软件集 " +"(服务于特定目的的一套软件包) 或语言。通常，在安装或移除任何东西时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系 -- 解决器会帮您搞定。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分：<" +"b>过滤器、软件包表和菜单。" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "左边面板上的过滤器设计用于方便在大量软件包中定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源或所选软件集中 (例如，游戏或 C/C++ 开发) 的软件包或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在过滤器用法中找到。" +msgid "" +"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) " +"or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " +"found in How to use filters." +msgstr "" +"左边面板上的过滤器设计用于方便在大量软件包中定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源或所选软件集中 (例如，游戏或 C/C++ 开发) " +"的软件包或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在过滤器用法中找到。" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "软件包表是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到一个列表的匹配当前过滤规则 (例如，所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果) 的软件包。软件包表的每一行均分为几列：" +msgid "" +"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:" +msgstr "" +"软件包表是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到一个列表的匹配当前过滤规则 (例如，所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果) " +"的软件包。软件包表的每一行均分为几列：" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>软件包状态 (更多信息见 软件包状态和符号)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>可用版本 (在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本 (尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " +"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol><li>软件包状态 (更多信息见 软件包状态和符号)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>" +"可用版本 (在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本 (尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "表格下方的动作菜单可修改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态，例如，删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来更改状态 (软件包状态详情，参见软件包状态和符号)。" +msgid "" +"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of " +"a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a " +"package or select an additional package for installation. The status change " +"can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for " +"detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and " +"Symbols)." +msgstr "" +"表格下方的动作菜单可修改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态，例如，删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来" +"更改状态 (软件包状态详情，参见软件包状态和符号)。" #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "菜单提供了同处理软件包依赖关系相关的功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行像打开软件源编辑器等动作等。更多信息，请见菜单中好用的功能。" +msgid "" +"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " +"Functions in Menu." +msgstr "" +"菜单提供了同处理软件包依赖关系相关的功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行像打开软件源编辑器等动作等。更多信息，请见菜单中好用的功能<" +"/i>。" #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -700,13 +751,25 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "可用动作菜单或菜单项中指定的按键修改软件包状态。例如，用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。\"禁手\" 状态意味着永远不应安装该软件包。反之，\"锁定\" 状态意味着应总是保持某软件包已安装的版本。" +msgid "" +"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never " +"be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed " +"version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "" +"可用动作菜单或菜单项中指定的按键修改软件包状态。例如，用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。\"禁手\" " +"状态意味着永远不应安装该软件包。反之，\"锁定\" 状态意味着应总是保持某软件包已安装的版本。" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "您也可用回车或者空格来切换软件包状态。动作菜单也允许您修改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 \"全部列出的软件包\")。" +msgid "" +"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " +"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages " +"in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "" +"您也可用回车或者空格来切换软件包状态。动作菜单也允许您修改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 " +"\"全部列出的软件包\")。" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -715,13 +778,26 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr " + ：将安装软件包a+ ：将自动安装软件包 > ：将更新软件包a> ：将自动更新软件包 i ：已安装软件包 - ：将删除软件包---：永不安装此软件包 (禁手)" +msgid "" +" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " +"installed automatically > : package will be updateda> " +": package will be automatically updated i : package is " +"installed - : package will be deleted---: never " +"install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "" +" + ：将安装软件包a+ ：将自动安装软件包 > ：将更新软件包" +"a> ：将自动更新软件包 i ：已安装软件包 - ：将删除软件包" +"---：永不安装此软件包 (禁手)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "-i-：保留已安装版本且永不更新或删除 (锁定软件包)软件集和语言状态信息： i：已满足此软件集/语言的全部需求" +msgid "" +"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( " +"package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:" +" i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "" +"-i-：保留已安装版本且永不更新或删除 (锁定软件包)软件集和语言状态信息： i" +"：已满足此软件集/语言的全部需求" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -730,28 +806,66 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "过滤器允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM 组)、软件包「容器」(软件集、语言)、软件包分类或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。" +msgid "" +"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "" +"过滤器允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM " +"组)、软件包「容器」(软件集、语言)、软件包分类或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "软件集描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如，X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都囊括了一系列其需要的软件包 (必须有)、推荐的软件包 (应该有) 和建议的软件包 (可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集，会运行解决器并相应变更从属软件包的状态。" +msgid "" +"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "" +"软件集描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如，X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都囊括了一系列其需要的软件包 " +"(必须有)、推荐的软件包 (应该有) 和建议的软件包 (可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集，会运行解决器并相应变更从属软件包的状态。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "语言是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件软件包。RPM 组不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反，某特定 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的一项属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。软件源过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。" +msgid "" +"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. " +msgstr "" +"语言是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件软件包。RPM 组" +"不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反，某特定 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的一项属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。软件源" +"过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。" #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "要使用搜索过滤器，请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 开始软件包搜索。例如，使用 \"3d\" 表达式来搜索全部 3D 软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要，只需选择恰当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮即可。" +msgid "" +"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"要使用搜索过滤器，请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 开始软件包搜索。例如，使用 \"3d\" 表达式来搜索全部 3D " +"软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要，只需选择恰当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮即可。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "安装摘要呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如，标记安装或移除)，这些改变可以是用户指定的，也可以是解决器自动做出的。软件包分类过滤器提供了关于推荐、建议、孤立和不再需要的软件包的信息。" +msgid "" +"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " +"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "" +"安装摘要呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如，标记安装或移除)，这些改变可以是用户指定的，也可以是解决器自动做出的。" +"软件包分类过滤器提供了关于推荐、建议、孤立和不再需要的软件包的信息。" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -759,34 +873,98 @@ msgstr "菜单中好用的功能" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "依赖关系： 这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下，每次状态变化都将检查软件包依赖关系。有软件包冲突将在一个对话框中通知您，并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突，可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。" +msgid "" +"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the " +"conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "" +"依赖关系： 这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下，每次状态变化都将检查软件包依赖关系。有软件包冲突将在一个" +"对话框中通知您，并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突，可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "要禁用每次状态变化时的依赖关系检查，可切换自动依赖关系检查为关。您可选择立即检查依赖关系手动检查依赖关系。校验系统项将检查已安装软件包的依赖关系并无交互地解决冲突，有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。调试请用生成依赖关系解决器试例。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 文件夹。当您在 Bugzilla 上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\" 时，这通常就是您需要的。" +msgid "" +"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic " +"Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting " +"Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the " +"dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts " +"non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " +"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " +"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>" +"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked " +"for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "" +"要禁用每次状态变化时的依赖关系检查，可切换自动依赖关系检查为关。您可选择立即检查依赖关系手动检查依赖关系。" +"校验系统项将检查已安装软件包的依赖关系并无交互地解决冲突，有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。调试请用生成依赖关系解决器试例" +"。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 文件夹。当您在 Bugzilla " +"上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\" 时，这通常就是您需要的。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "依赖关系检查的可用选项有： 自动检查依赖关系 (见上)，安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包：若为开，也将安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包，系统校验模式：修复已安装软件包的依赖关系并立即解决。请注意：在使用立即校验系统检查完系统后，系统校验模式选项将是开着的 (若需要请反选该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。" +msgid "" +"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " +"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " +"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "" +"依赖关系检查的可用选项有： 自动检查依赖关系 (见上)，安装推荐软件包：若为开，将尊重弱依赖关系，" +"系统校验模式：修复已安装软件包的依赖关系并立即解决。请注意：在使用立即校验系统检查完系统后，系统校验模式选项将是开着的 " +"(若需要请反选该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "高级选项： 删除软件包时清理：移除无用的依赖软件包。允许变更厂商：软件包厂商可以和已安装软件包的厂商不同。这些选项将不会被保存，它们只可以在软件包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> 中设置。" +msgid "" +"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " +"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>" +"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "" +"高级选项： 删除软件包时清理：移除无用的依赖软件包。允许变更厂商" +"：软件包厂商可以和已安装软件包的厂商不同。这些选项将不会被保存，它们只可以在软件包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> " +"中设置。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "视图： 选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有：软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本 (全部可用版本)、文件列表 (该软件包携带的全部文件) 和依赖关系 (提供、需要等)。" +msgid "" +"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "" +"视图： 选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有：软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本 " +"(全部可用版本)、文件列表 (该软件包携带的全部文件) 和依赖关系 (提供、需要等)。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." -msgstr "配置： 该菜单整合了软件包选择器与余下的软件包管理工具。在此，您可启动软件源管理器 并编辑已配置的软件源或注册到更新源并配置定时下载可用更新 (启动在线更新配置)。您也可在安装软件包后的动作菜单中从三个可行的软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。" +msgid "" +"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " +"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository " +"and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update " +"Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours " +"of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " +"menu." +msgstr "" +"配置： 该菜单整合了软件包选择器与余下的软件包管理工具。在此，您可启动软件源管理器 " +"并编辑已配置的软件源或注册到更新源并配置定时下载可用更新 (启动在线更新配置)。您也可在安装软件包后的动作" +"菜单中从三个可行的软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "额外： 杂项功能放在这里。导出软件包列表到文件将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML 文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的从文件导入软件包列表选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。显示可用磁盘空间将显示一个弹出表格，表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。" +msgid "" +"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " +"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages " +"into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package " +"List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set " +"of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in " +"provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " +"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "" +"额外： 杂项功能放在这里。导出软件包列表到文件将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML " +"文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的从文件导入软件包列表选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。<" +"i>显示可用磁盘空间将显示一个弹出表格，表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。" #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -983,28 +1161,69 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." -msgstr "关于补丁的常规信息：安全类的补丁解决安装问题，我们强烈推荐安装之。您也应该安装推荐类补丁，它们通常包含重要的故障修复。若您对新功能感兴趣也可以安装功能类补丁。" +msgid "" +"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" +"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " +"the feature." +msgstr "" +"关于补丁的常规信息：安全类的补丁解决安装问题，我们强烈推荐安装之。您也应该安装推荐" +"类补丁，它们通常包含重要的故障修复。若您对新功能感兴趣也可以安装功能类补丁。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgid "" +"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run." msgstr "总是会首先安装用于 \"libzypp\" (软件包、补丁、软件集和产品管理) 的补丁。其它补丁必须在第二轮才能安装。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "状态旗标含义：a+：与您的系统有关的补丁是预选的。它们将被下载并安装在您的系统上。若不想要某个特定补丁，可用 '-' 反选。i：已满足此补丁的全部需求。+：您已选择安装此补丁。" +msgid "" +"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i " +": All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " +"have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "" +"状态旗标含义：a+：与您的系统有关的补丁是预选的。它们将被下载并安装在您的系统上。若不想要某个特定补丁，可用 '-' " +"反选。i：已满足此补丁的全部需求。+：您已选择安装此补丁。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "更多关于状态的细节： 若有好几个适用于某个软件包 (或一系列软件包) 但尚未应用到系统的补丁，它们全都会被预选并标记状态为 a+。若使用 '-' 反选了一个补丁，其之后可能会显示为 i 状态。这是由于仍然选择中着其它与相同软件包有关的补丁。仍会安装该软件包的新版本，这个补丁还是会被打上。若不想要补丁则需要反选全部补丁。" +msgid "" +"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got " +"preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected " +"with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of " +"the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer " +"version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " +"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not " +"wanted." +msgstr "" +"更多关于状态的细节： 若有好几个适用于某个软件包 (或一系列软件包) 但尚未应用到系统的补丁，它们全都会被预选并标记状态为 a+" +"。若使用 '-' 反选了一个补丁，其之后可能会显示为 i 状态。这是由于仍然选择中着其它与相同软件包有关的补丁。仍会安装该软件包的新版本，这个" +"补丁还是会被打上。若不想要补丁则需要反选全部补丁。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "菜单：过滤器菜单允许过滤补丁，例如显示 '已安装' 的补丁或列出 '安全' 类补丁。它也提供了补丁搜索功能。 可使用动作菜单修改补丁状态。 视图菜单可以查看补丁将补缀哪些软件包。请注意：若将过滤器调为 '全部补丁'，某些补丁的软件包列表可能为空。这意味着没有软件包会被补缀，因为需补缀的软件包都没装在系统上。 依赖关系菜单收录了依赖关系检查和 '生成解决器试例' 项。" +msgid "" +"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. " +"show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " +"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. " +"The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate " +"Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "" +"菜单：过滤器菜单允许过滤补丁，例如显示 '已安装' 的补丁或列出 '安全' 类补丁。它也提供了补丁搜索功能。 " +"可使用动作菜单修改补丁状态。 视图菜单可以查看补丁将补缀哪些软件包。请注意：若将过滤器调为 " +"'全部补丁'，某些补丁的软件包列表可能为空。这意味着没有软件包会被补缀，因为需补缀的软件包都没装在系统上。 依赖关系" +"菜单收录了依赖关系检查和 '生成解决器试例' 项。" #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1028,10 +1247,9 @@ #. begin: the label of the Contiunue button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Continue anyway" msgid "C&ontinue" -msgstr "强行继续(&C)" +msgstr "继续(&o)" #. the label of the Yes button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 @@ -1051,7 +1269,9 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgid "" +"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " +"Really exit?" msgstr "将丢失软件包、补丁或软件集选集中的全部修改。 真的退出吗？" #. the label of language table @@ -1100,8 +1320,15 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "更新问题列表 无法自动更新列表中的软件包。可能原因：其它软件包淘汰了它们。在任何安装介质上都没有可更新的较新版本。它们是第三方软件包。请手动选择要对这些包执行的动作。最安全的做法是将它们删除。" +msgid "" +"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select " +"what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "" +"更新问题列表 无法自动更新列表中的软件包。可能原因：其它软件包淘汰了它们。" +"在任何安装介质上都没有可更新的较新版本。它们是第三方软件包。请手动选择要对这些包执行的动作。最安全的做法是将它们删除。" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1128,22 +1355,31 @@ msgstr "脚本" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Package Versions" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" -msgstr "软件包版本" +msgstr "不兼容的软件包版本" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and " +"non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "您正试图同时安装此软件包的可多版本并存版本和不可多版本并存版本。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other one." msgstr "" +"此版本是可多版本并存的。按 \"继续\" 安装此版本并反选不可多版本并存的版本，\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留另一个。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones." msgstr "" +"此版本不是可多版本并存的。请按 \"继续\" 只安装此版本并反选全部其它版本，\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留其它版本。" #~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." #~ msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若新安装的软件包推荐了它们，则将附加安装它们。要获得已安装软件包推荐的软件包，需设置依赖关系菜单下的安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包选项。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:12 UTC (rev 94054) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:30:09 UTC (rev 94055) @@ -7,20 +7,21 @@ # Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005. # Thruth Wang <lihaow(a)opera.com>, 2007. # Eric Shan <ericalways(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2012, 2013. +# marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-01 00:31+0800\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 21:21+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. translators: command line help text for Security module #: src/clients/security.rb:59 @@ -44,15 +45,14 @@ #. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" msgid "Workstation security level" -msgstr "联网工作站安全级别" +msgstr "工作站安全级别" #. command line help text for 'level roaming' option #: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "漫游设备 (例如笔记本或平板) 安全级别" #. command line help text for 'level server' option #: src/clients/security.rb:106 @@ -189,16 +189,14 @@ msgstr "IPv6 转发" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable the service" msgid "Enable basic system services" -msgstr "启用服务" +msgstr "启用基础系统服务" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable the service" msgid "Disable extra services" -msgstr "禁用服务" +msgstr "禁用额外服务" #. handle the special cases at first #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 @@ -240,20 +238,18 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" -msgstr "这些基础系统服务没有在运行级别 %1 中启用： %2" +msgstr "这些基础系统服务未启用： %s" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "所有基础服务都已经启用。" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" -msgstr "在运行级别 %1 中启用了这些额外的服务： %2" +msgstr "启用了这些额外服务： %s" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." @@ -285,10 +281,9 @@ #. update the current value #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" -msgstr "正在分析系统..." +msgstr "正在分析系统" #. Boot dialog caption #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 @@ -421,8 +416,10 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " +"in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "休眠系统：\n" "设置允许用户休眠系统的条件。默认，活动控制台上的用户有权休眠系统。\n" @@ -432,8 +429,10 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -445,23 +444,20 @@ #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" #| "to any type of network including the Internet." msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." -msgstr "" -"联网工作站：适用于连接到任意类型的网络 (包括因特网)\n" -"的计算机。" +msgstr "工作站：适用于连接到任意类型网络包括因特网的计算机。" #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "漫游设备：针对连接到不同网络的笔记本、平板或类似设备。" #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 @@ -492,9 +488,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" +")." msgstr "" "不正确登录尝试后的延迟：\n" "建议在不正确的登录尝试后等待一段时间，\n" @@ -506,7 +505,8 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "记录成功登录尝试：将成功登录尝试记入日志\n" @@ -538,7 +538,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "检查新密码：选择的密码最好\n" @@ -550,7 +551,8 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -562,7 +564,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "要记忆的密码的数目：\n" @@ -578,7 +581,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES，Linux 默认方法，适用于所有网络环境，\n" @@ -596,7 +600,9 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " +"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "SHA-512 是当前标准加密方法，不推荐使用其他算法，除非是出于兼容性需要。" #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -610,7 +616,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "提前发出密码失效警告的天数：该项设置在密码失效前多少天\n" @@ -647,7 +654,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" "<big>其它安全设置</big>\n" "在此对话框中变更和本地安全有关的杂项设置。" @@ -656,14 +664,17 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in " +"/etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" @@ -686,9 +697,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody" +"\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "运行 updatedb 的用户：Updatedb 程序每天\n" @@ -712,7 +725,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -724,9 +738,11 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " +"in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "有些系统设置了一个将点 (\".\") 添加到搜索路径中\n" @@ -758,7 +774,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "启用 Magic SysRq 键 如果选中该选项，\n" @@ -767,22 +784,29 @@ #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgid "" +"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " +"security settings." msgstr "安全概览 这概览显示了最重要的安全设置。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgid "" +"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "点击和选项关联的链接可以修改选项的当前值。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgid "" +" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure." msgstr "安全状态栏中的对钩表示选项的当前值是安全的。" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgid "" +"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "无法读取当前值。可能没有安装服务，或系统中缺少选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 @@ -790,54 +814,105 @@ "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." -msgstr "一个显示管理器提供了一个图形登陆界面，如果配置过，可以被另一个系统上运行的 X 服务器跨网络访问。正在显示的窗口之后可以跨网络传输它们的数据。如果那个网络不是完全信任的，那么网络流量可能被攻击者窃听，获取显示的图形内容、正在使用的用户名密码等信息。如果您不需要 XDMCP 用于远程图形登陆，那么请禁用此选项。" +msgstr "" +"一个显示管理器提供了一个图形登陆界面，如果配置过，可以被另一个系统上运行的 X 服务器跨网络访问。" +"正在显示的窗口之后可以跨网络传输它们的数据。如果那个网络不是完全信任的，那么网络流量可能被攻击者窃听，获取显示的图形内容、正在使用的用户名密码等信息。</P" +">如果您不需要 XDMCP 用于远程图形登陆，那么请禁用此选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages." -msgstr "启动时，系统时间从硬件时钟设置到计算机。作为后果，在关机前设置硬件时钟是有必要的。一致的系统时间对于系统正确创建日志消息非常关键。" +msgstr "" +"启动时，系统时间从硬件时钟设置到计算机。作为后果，在关机前设置硬件时钟是有必要的。一致的系统时间对于系统正确创建日志消息非常关键。<" +"/P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "系统故障通常由系统行为异常而被检测到。关于事件的 syslog 消息由于经常重现，因此是查找问题原因的重要工具。单条记录的缺失可以说明的问题比所有日志记录都缺失的问题大。因此，系统事件的系统日志消息只有在出现时才有用。" +msgid "" +"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "" +"系统故障通常由系统行为异常而被检测到。关于事件的 syslog 消息由于经常重现，因此是查找问题原因的重要工具。单条记录的缺失可以说明的问题比所有日志" +"记录都缺失的问题大。因此，系统事件的系统日志消息只有在出现时才有用。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "Chroot 执行环境通过把进程放到单独的子目录并用修改过的那个目录的 root (chroot)运行进程以限制进程只可以访问需要的文件。" +msgid "" +"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " +"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process " +"with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "" +"Chroot 执行环境通过把进程放到单独的子目录并用修改过的那个目录的 root (chroot)运行进程以限制进程只可以访问需要的文件。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." -msgstr "应以用户 dhcpd 运行 DHCP 客户端守护程序以降低若服务由于程序代码弱点而脆弱时的潜在攻击威胁。注意 dhcpd 不能以 root 运行，或者通过 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 功能在 chroot 囚牢中执行。" +msgid "" +"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " +"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " +"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective." +msgstr "" +"应以用户 dhcpd 运行 DHCP 客户端守护程序以降低若服务由于程序代码弱点而脆弱时的潜在攻击威胁。注意 " +"dhcpd 不能以 root 运行，或者通过 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 功能在 chroot 囚牢中执行。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "管理员应该永不以 root 登录到一个 X 窗口会话，以减少 root 权限的使用。该选项不能帮助粗心的管理员，但可以防止攻击者在猜到或得到密码后以 root 身份通过显示管理器登录。" +msgid "" +"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "" +"管理员应该永不以 root 登录到一个 X 窗口会话，以减少 root 权限的使用。" +"该选项不能帮助粗心的管理员，但可以防止攻击者在猜到或得到密码后以 root 身份通过显示管理器登录。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "X 窗口客户端，例如，在您的显示器上打开一个窗口的程序，连接到物理计算机上运行的 X 服务器。程序也可以在其他系统上运行并通过网络连接在 X 服务器上显示他们的内容。若启用了此选项，X 服务器将监听端口 6000 和显示数字。因为网络流量是不加密传输的，可以成为网络嗅探的主体，并且 X 服务器保持打开的端口也提供了攻击机会，安全的设置是关闭该选项。要通过网络显示 X 窗口客户端，我们建议使用安全壳层 (ssh)，其允许 X 窗口客户端通过加密的 ssh 连接连接到 X 服务器。" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (" +"ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "" +"X 窗口客户端，例如，在您的显示器上打开一个窗口的程序，连接到物理计算机上运行的 X 服务器。程序也可以在其他系统上运行并通过网络连接在 X " +"服务器上显示他们的内容。若启用了此选项，X 服务器将监听端口 6000 和显示数字。因为网络流量是不加密传输的，可以成为网络嗅探的主体，并且 " +"X 服务器保持打开的端口也提供了攻击机会，安全的设置是关闭该选项。要通过网络显示 X 窗口客户端，我们建议使用安全壳层 (ssh<" +"/EM>)，其允许 X 窗口客户端通过加密的 ssh 连接连接到 X 服务器。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "电子邮件发送子系统总是启动的。然而，它默认不会暴露自己给外部系统，因为它不监听 SMTP 网络端口 25。如果您不通过 SMTP 协议发送电子邮件给您的系统，请禁用此选项。" +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"电子邮件发送子系统总是启动的。然而，它默认不会暴露自己给外部系统，因为它不监听 SMTP 网络端口 25。如果您不通过 SMTP " +"协议发送电子邮件给您的系统，请禁用此选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -849,7 +924,10 @@ "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被升级，服务将在软件包中文件被安装后重启。这在大多数情况下都是合理的，也是安全的，考虑到许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到被停止，例如，杀死运行中的守护精灵。除非有特殊原因，否则不要修改该设置。" +msgstr "" +"如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被升级，服务将在软件包中文件被安装后重启。" +"这在大多数情况下都是合理的，也是安全的，考虑到许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到被停止，例如，杀死运行中的守护精" +"灵。除非有特殊原因，否则不要修改该设置。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 msgid "" @@ -861,15 +939,36 @@ "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被卸载，系统将在移除软件包文件前停止该服务。这在大多数情况下都是合理的，这么做也是安全的，考虑许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到停止它们，例如，杀死运行中的守护精灵。除非有特殊原因需要那么做，否则不要修改该设置。" +msgstr "" +"如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被卸载，系统将在移除软件包文件前停止该服务。" +"这在大多数情况下都是合理的，这么做也是安全的，考虑许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到停止它们，例如，杀死运行中的" +"守护精灵。除非有特殊原因需要那么做，否则不要修改该设置。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "大量的连接尝试可以让系统不堪重负，内存占满，导致拒绝服务 (DoS) 漏洞。使用 syncookie 可以帮助解决这种问题，但是如果从一个源头有非常大数量的合法连接请求，配置中的 启用 设定可能导致高负载下拒绝 TCP 连接。但大多数环境下，syncookie 仍然是 SYN 洪水拒绝服务攻击的第一道防线，因此安全的设置是 启用。" +msgid "" +"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "" +"大量的连接尝试可以让系统不堪重负，内存占满，导致拒绝服务 (DoS) 漏洞。使用 syncookie " +"可以帮助解决这种问题，但是如果从一个源头有非常大数量的合法连接请求，配置中的 启用 设定可能导致高负载下拒绝 TCP 连接。" +"但大多数环境下，syncookie 仍然是 SYN 洪水拒绝服务攻击的第一道防线，因此安全的设置是 启用。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "IP 转发意味着传递收到的但不是指向系统配置的网络接口(例如网络接口地址)的网络包。如果系统在 ISO/OSI 层 3 上转发网络流量，它称为路由器。如果您不需要路由功能，禁用此选项。" +msgid "" +"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need " +"that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"IP 转发意味着传递收到的但不是指向系统配置的网络接口(例如网络接口地址)的网络包。如果系统在 ISO/OSI 层 3 " +"上转发网络流量，它称为路由器。如果您不需要路由功能，禁用此选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -880,34 +979,43 @@ msgstr "此设置仅针对 IPv6。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgid "" +"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "Magic SysRq 键使得即使系统崩溃 (例如内核调试过程时) 或失去响应时也能部分控制系统。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "/etc/permissions.*files 中预定义了文件权限。最严格的文件权限定义在 'secure' 或 'paranoid' 文件中。" +msgid "" +"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "" +"/etc/permissions.*files 中预定义了文件权限。最严格的文件权限定义在 'secure' 或 'paranoid' 文件中。<" +"/P>" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 -msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgid "" +"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " +"run the security-related services." msgstr "必须启用基础系统服务以提供系统一致性和运行安全相关服务。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgid "" +"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system." msgstr "每个运行状态的服务都是安全攻击的潜在目标。因此建议关闭所有系统未使用的服务。" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Home Workstation" msgid "Workstation" -msgstr "家庭工作站" +msgstr "工作站" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Raid Device" msgid "Roaming Device" -msgstr "Raid 设备" +msgstr "漫游设备" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 @@ -916,17 +1024,15 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Home Workstation" msgid "&Workstation" -msgstr "家庭工作站 (&H)" +msgstr "工作站 (&W)" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Raid Device" msgid "&Roaming Device" -msgstr "Raid 设备" +msgstr "漫游设备(&R)" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:67

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94054 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:12 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94054 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:10 UTC (rev 94053) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:12 UTC (rev 94054) @@ -1,33 +1,38 @@ -# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@) -# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. -# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. -# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # +# marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-02 10:52+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" -"Language-Team: 中华 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-19 17:48+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Bitmap Editors" msgid "Bitmap Fonts" -msgstr "位图编辑器" +msgstr "位图字体" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 -msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgid "" +"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in t" +"he rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain " +"bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. " +"They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap an" +"d are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline f" +"onts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for sma" +"ll sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 @@ -35,7 +40,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 -msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgid "" +"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In" +" contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawbac" +"k of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fo" +"nts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts whi" +"le maintaining scalability." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 @@ -43,25 +53,34 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 -msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgid "" +"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unsp" +"ecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" -msgstr "默认值" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 -msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgid "" +"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, t" +"his setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readab" +"ility. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are r" +"endered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on th" +"e 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces " +"glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (no" +"wdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" -msgstr "字体" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 -msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgid "" +"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered go" +"od compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 @@ -69,7 +88,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 -msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." +msgid "" +"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter i" +"s used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzi" +"er (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is us" +"ed." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 @@ -77,66 +100,50 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 -msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgid "" +"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering " +"enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" #. for testsuite #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Not installed" msgid "installed" -msgstr "未安装" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Not installed" msgid "not installed" -msgstr "未安装" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Preferences" msgid "Preference List for %s" -msgstr "参考设置" +msgstr "" #. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will #. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning:" msgid "Family: %s" -msgstr "警告:" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid " Description for %1 " msgid "Specimen for %s" -msgstr " %1 的描述 " +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgid "No specimen available for this font and script." -msgstr "此类型的用户没有可用的 UID。" +msgstr "" #. unlikely #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid " Description for %1 " msgid "No script found for %s." -msgstr " %1 的描述 " +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Issued By:" msgid "Family: %s" -msgstr "发出方：" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Description" msgid "Scripts<ul>" -msgstr "描述" +msgstr "" #. nothing to do nowadays #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 @@ -162,10 +169,8 @@ #. <table> do not work for text mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You have to select a configuration type" msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." -msgstr "您必须选择一种配置类型" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 msgid "" @@ -186,20 +191,16 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Initializing" msgid "Font &Antialiasing" -msgstr "初始化" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For&ce ASCII printing" msgid "Force A&utohinting On" -msgstr "强迫 ASCII 打印 (&c)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 msgid "Force Hint St&yle" @@ -214,74 +215,60 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgid "All Lan&guages" -msgstr "添加语言(&G)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Bamileke Languages" msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" -msgstr "巴米累克语" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" -msgstr "选择(&S)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Filter" msgid "LCD &Filter" -msgstr "过滤器(&F)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgid "&Layout" -msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" -msgstr "别名" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Net Family" msgid "Font Family" -msgstr "网络家族" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" -msgstr "可用" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "删除" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" -msgstr "向下" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" -msgstr "向上" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" -msgstr "添加(&A)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installed Patches" msgid "&Installed families..." -msgstr "已安装的补丁" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Search &description" msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" -msgstr "搜索描述(&D)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" @@ -292,134 +279,101 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Connection Details" msgid "&Rendering Details" -msgstr "连接细节(&C)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Initializing" msgid "Antialiasing" -msgstr "初始化" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Printing" msgid "Hinting" -msgstr "打印" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Preferences" msgid "Prefered &Families" -msgstr "参考设置" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" -msgstr "正在保存用户首选项..." +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Patch Level" msgid "Match &Preview" -msgstr "补丁级别" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Preserve" msgid "&Presets" -msgstr "保留" +msgstr "" #. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated #. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config #. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgid "Reading Font Configuration" -msgstr "正在读取配置" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Read sysconfig values" msgid "Read sysconfig file" -msgstr "读取系统配置值" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reading routes..." msgid "Reading %s..." -msgstr "正在读取路由..." +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Host Configuration" msgid "Font Configuration" -msgstr "主机配置" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&User Code" msgid " (User Mode)" -msgstr "用户代码(&U)" +msgstr "" #. misuse back_button a bit #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Save system settings" msgid "&Use system settings" -msgstr "保存系统设置" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgid "Writing Font Configuration" -msgstr "正在写入 NFS 配置" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Write the sysconfig settings" msgid "Write sysconfig file" -msgstr "写入 sysconfig 设置" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgid "Run fonts-config" -msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Writing users..." msgid "Writing %s..." -msgstr "正在写入用户..." +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgid "Running fonts-config..." -msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" #. we are in user mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 -msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgid "" +"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configuration &Module" msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" -msgstr "配置模块(&M)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 -msgid "Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." +msgid "" +"Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." +"" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 -msgid "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgid "" +"Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that on" +"e almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 @@ -427,11 +381,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 -msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. " +msgid "" +"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i" +">system setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 -msgid "System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgid "" +"System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses " +"distribution default.</li>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 @@ -439,11 +397,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. " +msgid "" +"User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, us" +"es system settings. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul" +">" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 @@ -451,11 +413,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 -msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgid "" +"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other " +"font setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 -msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should alway" +"s have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 @@ -463,7 +429,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 -msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" +msgid "" +"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <" +"ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 @@ -471,7 +439,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 -msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." +msgid "" +"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That " +"setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual " +"fields of corresponding tabs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 @@ -479,7 +450,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 -msgid "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module." +msgid "" +"In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus " +"changes made in currently running fonts module." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 @@ -487,19 +460,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 -msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." +msgid "" +"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves t" +"o given alias according to current setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 -msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " +msgid "" +"In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the m" +"atched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 -msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgid "" +"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen an" +"d specimen string for given script can be chosen." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 -msgid "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly." +msgid "" +"At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered" +" Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p" +">" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 @@ -507,21 +489,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 -msgid "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." +msgid "" +"This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend fon" +"t rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>登录设置</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." +msgid "" +"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing" +"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 -msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." +msgid "" +" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." +"" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 @@ -530,17 +516,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>登录设置</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 -msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." +msgid "" +"Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 -msgid "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by Force Autohinting On option." +msgid "" +"In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font" +" type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by F" +"orce Autohinting On option." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 @@ -548,7 +536,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." +msgid "" +" It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 @@ -556,29 +546,38 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 -msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgid "" +"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version o" +"f given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely," +" on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>登录设置</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 -msgid "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." +msgid "" +"Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour pr" +"imaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 -msgid "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation." +msgid "" +"Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding " +"to display and its rotation." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 -msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." +msgid "" +"Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned of" +"f by default." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 -msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." +msgid "" +" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this se" +"ction has no effect." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 @@ -590,17 +589,18 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" -msgstr "<h3>用户</h3>" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 -msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." +msgid "" +"Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined" +"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 -msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgid "" +" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 @@ -612,7 +612,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 -msgid "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org." +msgid "" +"System will look for the first installed family in the list, other q" +"uery elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE " +"distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org.<" +"/p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 @@ -620,7 +624,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 -msgid "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role." +msgid "" +"In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into accou" +"nt. Following two options strenghten their role." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 @@ -628,15 +634,22 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 -msgid "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc." +msgid "" +"Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the " +"same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same sam" +"e size too, same line wraps etc." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 -msgid "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." +msgid "" +"Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably," +" and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 -msgid "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." +msgid "" +"Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 @@ -644,41 +657,39 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 -msgid "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset." +msgid "" +"When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined " +"preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI request" +"s, if they cover required charset." msgstr "" #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 msgid "&Filter" -msgstr "过滤器(&F)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installed Patches" msgid "Installed Families" -msgstr "已安装的补丁" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Export Format" msgid "Font Format" -msgstr "导出格式" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Script Name" msgid "Script Coverages" -msgstr "脚本名称" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "取消(&C)" +msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "确定(&O)" +msgstr "" #. save unknown langs #: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 msgid "&Languages" -msgstr "语言(&L)" +msgstr "" + Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:10 UTC (rev 94053) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2015-10-27 13:29:12 UTC (rev 94054) @@ -3,54 +3,51 @@ # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. # +# marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-02 10:52+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" -"Language-Team: 中华 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:24+0800\n" +"Last-Translator: marguerite <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Manage VPN client secrets. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网关预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway IP" -msgstr "网关" +msgstr "网关 IP" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgid "Pre-shared key" -msgstr "WEP - 共享密钥" +msgstr "预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Set" msgid "Set" -msgstr "设置(&S)" +msgstr "设置" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &Next" msgid "Show key" -msgstr "显示下一个(&N)" +msgstr "显示密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" -msgstr "证书密钥文件不存在。" +msgstr "网关证书/密钥对" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" @@ -66,12 +63,16 @@ "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" msgstr "" +"仍缺失以下网关的共享密钥：\n" +"%s" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" msgstr "" +"仍缺失以下网关的证书：\n" +"%s" #. Load PSKs #. Reload gateway PSK text input. @@ -80,71 +81,64 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(隐藏)" #. Remove the selected EAP user. #. Remove the selected XAuth user. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select a card to delete first." msgid "Please select a user to delete." -msgstr "请先选择一个要删除的卡。" +msgstr "请选择要删除的用户。" #. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预共享密钥是必需的。请输入一个预共享密钥。" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "对证书文件的语法分析失败。" +msgstr "请输入证书文件路径和密钥文件路径。" #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" -msgstr "无法读取证书文件。" +msgstr "请选择一个 PEM 加密的证书文件" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" -msgstr "无法读取证书文件。" +msgstr "请选择一个 PEM 加密的证书密钥文件" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网关预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "Gateway certificate" -msgstr "读取证书" +msgstr "网关证书" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file" -msgstr "需要证书文件的路径。" +msgstr "证书文件路径" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择..." #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file" -msgstr "需要证书文件的路径。" +msgstr "证书密钥文件路径" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于 Android, iOS, MacOS X 客户端的用户机要信息" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" @@ -163,51 +157,44 @@ msgstr "删除" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "No Password" msgid "Show Password" -msgstr "无口令" +msgstr "显示密码" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于 Windows 7/8 客户端的用户机要信息" #. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway - PSK" -msgstr "网关" +msgstr "网关 - 预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgid "Gateway - Certificate" -msgstr "证书的路径(&P)" +msgstr "网关 - 证书" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "enable LPD clients" msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" -msgstr "启用 LPD 客户机" +msgstr "网关 - 移动客户端" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" -msgstr "Samba 或 Windows 打印机" +msgstr "网关 - Windows 客户端" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Client &Key" msgid "Client - PSK" -msgstr "客户密钥(&K)" +msgstr "客户端 - 预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Client Certificate" msgid "Client - Certificate" -msgstr "客户身份验证(&C)" +msgstr "客户端 - 证书" #. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 @@ -215,13 +202,14 @@ "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." msgstr "" +"ipsec.conf 和 ipsec.secrets 已由此模块外部程序操控。\n" +"继续使用此模块将移除您的自定义配置。" #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The server name is already in configured." msgid "The connection name is already used." -msgstr "服务器名已经在配置中." +msgstr "连接名称已使用。" #. Find an unused gateway scenario #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 @@ -229,6 +217,8 @@ "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." msgstr "" +"针对一个情景只能有一个网关连接。\n" +"全部网关情景已使用。" #. Warn against duplicated configuration #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 @@ -236,23 +226,24 @@ "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." msgstr "" +"该情景已配置到了另一个网关。\n" +"不能有两个网关运行于同一情景下。" #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The server name is already in configured." msgid "The user name is already used." -msgstr "服务器名已经在配置中." +msgstr "用户名已使用。" #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无法找到匹配的客户端连接。" #. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VPN 网关和客户端" #. Left side: global config & connection management #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 @@ -260,64 +251,62 @@ msgstr "全局配置" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgid "Enable VPN daemon" -msgstr "启用 NTP 守护程序" +msgstr "启用 VPN 守护进程" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "降低 TCP 最大段大小 (MSS)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "All Patches" msgid "All VPNs" -msgstr "所有补丁" +msgstr "全部 VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新建 VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete " msgid "Delete VPN" -msgstr "删除" +msgstr "删除 VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection Settings" msgid "View Connection Status" -msgstr "连接设置" +msgstr "查看连接状态" #. Event handlers #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " +"will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" +"若 VPN 客户端访问特定互联网站点发生问题，可能是受影响的站点由于防火墙配置不正确而阻止了自动 MTU (最大传输单元) 发现。\n" +"降低 TCP-MSS 将纠正这种情况; 然而，可用带宽也将降低大约 10%。" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a connection." msgid "Delete connection" -msgstr "选择一个连接。" +msgstr "删除连接" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " -msgstr "是否确定要删除：" +msgstr "您确定要删除连接" #. Check for incomplete configuration #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" -msgstr "以下操作配置失败：" +msgstr "请完成以下连接的配置：\n" #. Consider enabling the daemon #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 @@ -325,30 +314,29 @@ "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" msgstr "" +"已有 VPN 连接但守护进程未启用。\n" +"您想要启用 VPN 守护进程吗？" #. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved." msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." -msgstr "配置已被成功存入." +msgstr "设置已成功应用。" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." -msgstr "启动 CUPS 守护程序失败" +msgstr "配置 IPSec 守护进程失败。" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" -msgstr "是更换 CD 还是重试？" +msgstr "您想要查看守护进程日志和连接状态吗？" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑机要信息前请输入网关 IP。" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 @@ -362,135 +350,124 @@ #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 '新建 VPN' 创建一个网关或客户端。" #. Make widgets for connection configuration #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全部 IPv4 网络 (0.0.0.0/0)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "All networks" msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" -msgstr "所有网络" +msgstr "全部 IPv6 网络 (::/0)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "受限 CIDR (无类别域间路由)，以逗号分隔：" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Connection Management" msgid "Connection name: " -msgstr "连接管理" +msgstr "连接名称：" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Master Server" msgid "Gateway (Server)" -msgstr "主服务器" +msgstr "网关 (服务器)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" -msgstr "客户机" +msgstr "客户端" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose Scenario" msgid "The scenario is" -msgstr "选择方案" +msgstr "场景为" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过预共享密钥进行安全通信" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "You must select a certificate." msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" -msgstr "必须选择证书。" +msgstr "使用证书进行安全通信" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为 Android, iOS, MacOS X 客户端提供访问" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为 Windows 7/8 客户端提供访问" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit Crypt File" msgid "Edit Credentials" -msgstr "编辑加密文件(&E)" +msgstr "编辑机要信息" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为以下 VPN 客户端提供访问" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端地址池 (例如 192.168.100.0/24)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" msgid "The gateway requires authentication" -msgstr "服务器要求身份验证" +msgstr "网关要求认证" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "By a pre-shared key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "By a certificate" -msgstr "读取证书" +msgstr "通过证书" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" msgid "VPN gateway IP" -msgstr "默认网关 IP (&G)" +msgstr "VPN 网关 IP" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 VPN 隧道访问" #. They are however allowed in password #: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the user password." msgid "Please enter both username and password." -msgstr "输入用户密码。" +msgstr "请输入用户名和密码。" #: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" msgstr "" +"请避免在用户名中使用特殊字符和空格。\n" +"可接受的字符有：A-Z, a-z, 0-9, 连接线, 下划线" #. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" -msgstr "输入新配置文件的名称。" +msgstr "请输入新 VPN 连接的名称" #. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the connection name." msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." -msgstr "请输入连接名称。" +msgstr "请输入 VPN 连接名称。" #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -498,60 +475,55 @@ "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" "Name has to begin with a letter." msgstr "" +"请避免在名称中使用特殊字符和空格。\n" +"可接受的字符有：A-Z, a-z, 0-9, 连接线, 下划线\n" +"名称必须以字母开头。" #. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file:" -msgstr "需要证书文件的路径。" +msgstr "证书文件路径：" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file:" -msgstr "需要证书文件的路径。" +msgstr "证书密钥文件路径：" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." -msgstr "对证书文件的语法分析失败。" +msgstr "请不要在证书文件自身中存储密钥。" #. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." -msgstr "对证书文件的语法分析失败。" +msgstr "请输入证书文件和密钥文件。" #. Return password string. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter keywords:" msgid "Please enter a password." -msgstr "请输入关键字：" +msgstr "请输入密码。" #. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "日志每 3 秒钟自动刷新。" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" -msgstr "重启动 NTP 守护程序" +msgstr "重启 VPN 守护进程" #. Restart IPSec daemon service. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgid "Confirm daemon restart" -msgstr "确认网络重启" +msgstr "确认重启守护进程" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Existing file %1\n" #| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n" @@ -560,43 +532,37 @@ "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" -"现有文件 %1\n" -"可能是新卷集的一部分，可能被重写。\n" -"是否要继续？" +"将中断已有连接。\n" +"您仍想要继续吗？" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" -msgstr "重启 CUPS 守护程序失败" +msgstr "重启 IPSec 守护进程失败" #. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk." msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" -msgstr "Smart 对此磁盘不可用。" +msgstr "状态不可用：守护进程运行着吗？" #. Install packages #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." -msgstr "不能够安装所有必需的软件包" +msgstr "安装 IPSec 软件包失败。" #. Enable/disable daemon #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." -msgstr "启动 CUPS 守护程序失败" +msgstr "启动 IPSec 守护进程失败。" #. Configure IP forwarding #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" -msgstr "应用设置到系统失败。" +msgstr "使用 sysctl 应用 IP 转发设置失败：" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 @@ -604,51 +570,54 @@ "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" +"SuSE 防火墙启用但未激活。\n" +"为了使 VPN 正常工作，将激活 SuSE 防火墙。" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." -msgstr "创建新映射失败。" +msgstr "重启 SuSE 防火墙失败。" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" +"VPN 网关和客户端都需要特殊的 SuSE 防火墙配置。\n" +"SuSE 防火墙未启用，因此您必须在每次重启后手动运行配置脚本。\n" +"现在将运行脚本。\n" +"脚本位于 %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Global Settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" -msgstr "全局设置" +msgstr "VPN 全局设置" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable VPN Services" msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" -msgstr "启用 VPN 服务" +msgstr "启用 VPN (IPSec) 守护进程：%s" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "降低 TCP 最大段大小 (MSS) 到 1024：%s" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Client Connection" msgid "Gateway and Connections" -msgstr "创建客户机连接" +msgstr "网关和连接" #. Gateway summary #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个网关正服务着客户端于" #. Client summary #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to " -msgstr "读取当前连接设置" +msgstr "一个客户端正连接到" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94053 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_US/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:10 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94053 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_US/po/migration.en_US.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_US/po/migration.en_US.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_US/po/migration.en_US.po 2015-10-27 13:29:09 UTC (rev 94052) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_US/po/migration.en_US.po 2015-10-27 13:29:10 UTC (rev 94053) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: proofreader <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -52,13 +52,35 @@ "Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) #. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "" @@ -79,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94052 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_GB/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:09 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94052 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_GB/po/migration.en_GB.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_GB/po/migration.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_GB/po/migration.en_GB.po 2015-10-27 13:29:08 UTC (rev 94051) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/en_GB/po/migration.en_GB.po 2015-10-27 13:29:09 UTC (rev 94052) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: James Ogley <ogley(a)suse.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: English <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -64,13 +64,35 @@ "Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) #. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "" @@ -95,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94051 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/nds/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:08 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94051 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/nds/po/migration.nds.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/nds/po/migration.nds.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/nds/po/migration.nds.po 2015-10-27 13:29:07 UTC (rev 94050) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/nds/po/migration.nds.po 2015-10-27 13:29:08 UTC (rev 94051) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: nds <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Low German <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,13 +53,35 @@ "Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) #. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "" @@ -80,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94050 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ast/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:07 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94050 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ast/po/migration.ast.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ast/po/migration.ast.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ast/po/migration.ast.po 2015-10-27 13:29:06 UTC (rev 94049) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/ast/po/migration.ast.po 2015-10-27 13:29:07 UTC (rev 94050) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Asturian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -70,13 +70,35 @@ "Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) #. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "" @@ -101,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94049 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:06 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94049 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zu/po/migration.zu.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zu/po/migration.zu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zu/po/migration.zu.po 2015-10-27 13:29:05 UTC (rev 94048) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/zu/po/migration.zu.po 2015-10-27 13:29:06 UTC (rev 94049) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -61,13 +61,35 @@ "Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) #. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "" @@ -92,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94048 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/xh/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Oct '15

27 Oct '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-27 14:29:05 +0100 (Tue, 27 Oct 2015) New Revision: 94048 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/xh/po/migration.xh.po Log: from SLE-SP1 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/xh/po/migration.xh.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/xh/po/migration.xh.po 2015-10-27 13:29:03 UTC (rev 94047) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP1/yast/xh/po/migration.xh.po 2015-10-27 13:29:05 UTC (rev 94048) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -61,13 +61,35 @@ "Your SUSE Development Team" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) #. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:210 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "" @@ -92,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:187 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr ""

1 0

Jump to page: